Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
17 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
brahmavarcasam2.7.42NeuterSingularvṛttādhyayanardhiḥ
ekāgraḥ3.1.79MasculineSingularekatālaḥ, ananyavṛttiḥ, ekāyana, ekasargaḥ, ekāgryaḥ, ekāyanagataḥ
jayaḥ3.4.12MasculineSingularjayanam
karṇīrathaḥ2.8.52MasculineSingularḍayanam, pravahaṇam
locanam2.6.94NeuterSingulardṛṣṭiḥ, netram, īkṣaṇam, cakṣuḥ, akṣiḥ, dṛk, nayanam
nidrā1.7.36FeminineSingularśayanam, svāpaḥ, svapnaḥ, saṃveśaḥsleep
puram3.3.191NeuterSingularcāmaraḥdaṇḍaḥ, śayanam, āsanam
saṃvatsaraḥMasculineSingularsamāḥ, vatsaraḥ, abdaḥ, yana, śarata year
saṃvīkṣaṇam2.4.30NeuterSingularmṛgaṇā, mṛgaḥ, vicayanam, mārgaṇam
śayyā1.2.138FeminineSingularśayanīyam, śayanam
sūnā3.3.120FeminineSingularjavanam, āpyāyanam, pratīvāpaḥ
upahāraḥ2.8.28MasculineSingularupadā, upāyanam, upagrāhyam
viṭapaḥ3.3.138MasculineSingulardivyagāyana, antarābhavasattvaḥ
ayanamNeuterSingulara year
ayanam2.1.15NeuterSingularpadavī, mārgaḥ, vartanī, saraṇiḥ, panthāḥ, vartma, padyā, sṛtiḥ, adhvā, ekapadī, paddhatiḥ
vātāyanamNeuterSingulargavākṣaḥ
yana3.3.115MasculineSingularśakraḥ, ghātukaḥ, varṣukābdaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
550 results for yana
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
ābhāsvaram. Name of a particular set of twelve subjects (ātmā jñātā damo dāntaḥ śāntir jñānaṃ śamas tapaḥ kāmaḥ krodho mado moho dvādaśābhāsvarā ime- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhayagirivāsinm. plural "dwelling on the mountain of safety", Name of a division of kātyāyana-'s pupils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhī(perf. 1. sg. -dīdhayā-; parasmE-pada A1. -d/īdhyāna- ) to reflect upon, consider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhijancl.4 A1. -jāyate- (Vedic or Veda infinitive mood abh/i-janitos- ) to be born for or to ; to claim as one's birthright ; to be born or produced ; to be reproduced or born again etc. ; to become: Causal -janayati- (with abhi-jñānam-) to reanimate, revivify View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhijitm. (t-) Name of a soma- sacrifice (part of the great sacrifice gavām-ayana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhijñānan. equals abhijñāna-śakuntala- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinavamf(ā-)n. modern (see -kālidāsa-and -śākaṭāyana-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinavaśākaṭāyanam. the modern śākaṭāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiplavam. Name of a religious ceremony (lasting six days and performed five times during the sacrifice gavām-ayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipyai(perf. A1. parasmE-pada -p/īpyāna-) to swell, abound with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśyātaand -śyāna- See abhi-śīta- and -śīna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmavidyāf. equals -jñana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnipraṇayanan. equals -nayana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnipraṇayanīyamfn. referring to the -praṇayana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnisaṃcayam. See -cayana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyānif. (ajyānayas-) Nominal verb plural Name of certain offerings , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣyat ([ ]) mfn. (fut p.) only Nominal verb plural anti- with /ahāni-, certain days for the completion of the ceremony ayana- (performed for the āditya-s and aṅgirasa-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālambāyanīyamfn. belonging to ālambāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālambim. Name of a pupil of vaiśampāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmīP. -mināti- () to destroy, neutralize, curtail ; to put aside or away, cause to disappear or vanish, displace ; to exchange ; to put or push out of place : A1. (imperfect tense minanta-) to vanish, disappear : Intensive (parasmE-pada -m/emyāna-) to change, alter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānayam. leading to a teacher (equals upanayana- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āṅgavidyamfn. familiar with chiromancy (aṅga-vidyā-, q.v), (gaRa ṛgayanādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhī(parasmE-pada A1. -d/īdhyāna-; imperfect tense P.3. pl. -dīdhiyuḥ-) to think of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavāyanan. See /an-anvavāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāntaratamasm. Name of an ancient sage (who is identified with kṛṣṇa- dvaipāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpīnavatmfn. containing a form of ā-pyai- (as the verse ) (see āpyāna-vat-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpratinivṛttaguṇormicakramfn. (scilicet jñāna-,knowledge) through which the whole circle of wave-like qualities (of passion etc.) subside or cease completely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārcābhinm. plural Name of a school founded by ṛcābha- (a pupil of vaiśampāyana-), (gaRa kārtakaujapādi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārgayana(fr. ṛgayana- ) or ārgayaṇa- (gaRa girinady-ādi- on ) contained in or explanatory of the book ṛgayana-
ārjunāyanakamfn. (gaRa rājanyādi- ) inhabited by the ārjunāyana-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārkṣyat([ ]) mfn. (fut p.) only Nominal verb plural anti- with /ahāni-, certain days for the completion of the ceremony ayana- (performed for the āditya-s and aṅgirasa-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arogāf. Name of dākṣāyaṇī- in vaidyanātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āruṇinm. plural Name of a school derived from vaiśampāyana- āruṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asitākṣamf(ī-)n. equals asita-nayana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astamanan. (a corruption of astam-/ayana- q.v), setting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgayogam. the eightfold yoga- (consisting of yama-, niyama-, āsana-, prā- ṇā- yāma-, pratyāhāra-, dhyāna-, dhāraṇa-, and samādhi-, qq. vv.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvalam. Name of the hotṛ--priest of janaka- king of vaideha- (see āśvalāyana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalāyanamf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to āśvalāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalāyanam. the school of āśvalāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalāyanaśākhāf. the school of āśvalāyana-. ( āśvalāyanaśākhin khin- mfn.belonging to the school of āśvalāyana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātañcanan. equals ā-pyāyana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśramasee śramā- panayana- (parasmE-pada 1096). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātivijñānyamfn. (fr. ati-vijñāna-), surpassing the understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmahitāyanam. equals -bhavāyana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audayanamfn. relating to or coming from (the teacher) udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auḍāyanabhaktamfn. inhabited by auḍāyana-s (as a country) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audyāvamf(ī-)n. (fr. udyāva- gaRa ṛgayanādi- ), treating of the art of mixing or joining (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupanāyanikamfn. (fr. upa-nāyana-), relating to or fit for the ceremony called upanayana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupasaṃkhyānikamfn. (fr. upa-saṃkhyāna-), depending on the authority of any addition or supplement, mentioned or occurring in one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autpādamfn. (fr. ut-pāda- gaRa ṛgayanādi- ), knowing or studying a book on birth or production View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autpātamfn. (fr. ut-pāta- gaRa ṛgayanādi- ), treating of or contained in a book which treats of portents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacaram. the dominion or sphere or department of (in compound See kāmāvacara-, dhyānāv-,etc.) (see tālāvacara-and yajñāvacar/a-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvijñānyamfn. (fr. a-vijñāna-), undistinguishable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayadīkṣitam. Name of an author (nephew of apyaya-dīkṣita- q.v) ayana-. See ay-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayanan. walking a road a path (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' see naimiṣāyana-, puruṣāyana-, prasamāyana-, samudrāyaṇa-, svedāyana-), (in astronomy) advancing, precession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayanan. a treatise (śāstra- see jyotiṣām-ayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyanamfn. (fr. ayana-), belonging to the solstice commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyānan. the natural temperament or disposition (see ayāna-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayanāṃśam. equals ayana-bhāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedam. the science of health or medicine (it is classed among sacred sciences, and considered as a supplement of the atharva-- veda-;it contains eight departments: 1. śalya- or (removal of) any substance which has entered the body (as extraction of darts, of splinters, etc.);2. śālākya- or cure of diseases of the eye or ear etc. by śalākā-s or sharp instruments;3. kāya-cikitsā- or cure of diseases affecting the whole body;4. bhūtavidyā- or treatment of mental diseases supposed to be produced by demoniacal influence;5. kaumāra-bhṛtya- or treatment of children;6. agada-tantra- or doctrine of antidotes;7. rāsāyana-tantra- or doctrine of elixirs;8. vājīkaraṇa-tantra- or doctrine of aphrodisiacs etc.)
bāhyālayam. the abode of out-castes id est the country of the bāhīka-s (varia lectio vāhyanaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālakrīḍanakan. (plural) Name of chapter of vātsyāyana-'s kāmasūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhum. of a ṛṣi- with the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana- (author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭūkaraṇan. the act of making into a youth, initiation of a boy by upa-nayana- q.v
baudhāyanamf(ī-)n. relating to or composed by baudhāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhāyanīyamfn. relating or belonging to baudhāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrakanyāf. Name of the mother, of maudgalyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrayānīyam. plural his school (bhadrāyana-,prob. wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagamn. equals yatna-, prayatna-, kīrti-, yaśas-, vairāgya-, icchā-, jñāna-, mukti-, mokṣa-, dharma-, śrī- [ confer, compare Zend bagha= Old Persian baga; Greek ; Slavonic or Slavonian bogu8,bogatu8; Lithuanian bago4tas,na-ba4gas.], View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktif. attachment, devotion, fondness for, devotion to (with locative case, genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'), trust, homage, worship, piety, faith or love or devotion (as a religious principle or means of salvation, together with karman-,"works", and jñāna-,"spiritual knowledge"; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktimārgam. "the way of devotion"(regarded as a means of salvation and opp. to karma--and jñāna-m-; see above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāratamf(ī-)n. belonging or relating to the bharata-s (with yuddha- n. saṃgrāma- m. samara- m. samiti- f.the war or battle of the bharata-s;with or scilicet ākhyāna- n.with itihāsa- m.and kathā- f.the story of the bharata-s, the history or narrative of their war;with or scilicet maṇḍala- n.or varṣa- n."king bharata-s's realm" id est India) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣikasūtran. Name of a sūtra- (on the manner of marking the accent in the ) attributed to kātyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāskaram. often found at the end of names (exempli gratia, 'for example' jñāna-bh-, brahmaṇya-bh-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāskaranṛsiṃham. Name of a Scholiast or Commentator on vātsyāyana-'s kāma-sūtra- (he wrote in 1788) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāsmāyanyam. plural bhāsmāyanāḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayānakamf(ā-)n. (prob. fr. bhayāna-for bhayamāna-) fearful, terrible, dreadful, formidable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīṣaṇam. (scilicet rasa-) the sentiment of horror (in poetry or poetic composition) (see bhayānaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrājam. (plural) Name of work ascribed to kātyāyana- (also -ślokāḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛgum. Name of one of the chief Brahmanical families (to which the aitaśāyana-s are said to belong) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtavidyāf. equals -vijñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhāyanasūtran. Name of work (see baudhāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhinmfn. awakening, enlightening (see jñāna--, tattva--, bāla-bodhinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brādhnāyanyam. patronymic fr. bradhna- gaRa kuñjādi- (f(yanī-).; m. plural yanāḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmakāṇḍan. the inner portion of the veda- which relates to sacred knowledge or the knowledge of brahma- (= jñāna-k-,and opp. to karma-k- q.v), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇan. the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- (as distinct from its mantra- and upaniṣad- portion) and consisting of a class of works called brāhmaṇa-s (they contain rules for the employment of the mantra-s or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends;they are said by sāyaṇa- to contain two parts: 1. vidhi-,rules or directions for rites;2. artha-vāda-,explanatory remarks;each veda- has its own brāhmaṇa-, that of the is preserved in 2 works, viz. the aitareya-, sometimes called āśvalāyana-, and the kauṣītaki- or śāṅkhāyana-- brāhmaṇa-;the white yajur-veda- has the śata-patha-brāhmaṇa-;the black yajur-veda- has the brāhmaṇa- which differs little from the text of its saṃhitā-;the has 8 brāhmaṇa-s, the best known of which are the prauḍha- or pañca-viṃśa- and the ṣaḍviṃśa-;the has one brāhmaṇa- called go-patha-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaṇyadevam. Name of viṣṇu- (= brahmaṇyānāṃ śreṣṭhaḥ- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatkālajñānan. "the large kāla-jñāna- or knowledge of times", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. Name of a descendant of soma- (and hence also called saumya-, saumāyana-,author of , and father of purū-ravas-;identified with the planet Mercury) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cākṣuṣan. equals -jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candhanaSee cāndhanāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caraṇadāsam. Name of the author of the guru-śiṣya-saṃvāda- and of the philos. poem nāciketopākhyāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṭakam. plural "sparrows", a nickname of vaiśampāyana-'s school (varia lectio for caraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturbhadran. 4 objects of human wishes (viz. dharma-, kāma-, artha-, bala- ;or the first 3 with mokṣa- ;or kīrti-, āyus-, yaśas-, bala- ;or dharma-, jñāna-, vairāgya-, aiśvarya-, ;or dāna-, jñāna-, śaurya-, bhoga-or vitta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturviṃśan. (with or without ahan-) Name of an ekāha- (2nd day of the gavām-ayana- sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caulim. equals cauḍi-, (lakāyana-B, lika-V) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chad cl.1. dati-, to cover (varia lectio): Causal (or cl.10) chād/ayati- (once ch/ad- ; chand-[fr.1. chand-] ; Epic also A1. perfect tense chādayāṃ- cakre- ; parasmE-pada yāna- ), to cover, cover over, clothe, veil etc. ; to spread as a cover ; to cover one's self. ; to hide, conceal, keep secret ; to protect () : Causal Desiderative cicchādayiṣati- Va1rtt. 2 ; ([ see Gothscadus.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandobhāṣāf. (gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-) the language of the veda- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāndobhāṣamfn. fr. chando-bhāṣā- gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandomānan. (gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-),"measure of a metre", a syllable regarded as the metrical unit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāndomānamfn. fr. chando-m- gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāndovicitamfn. fr. chando-viciti- gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandovicitif. (gaRa ṛgayanādi-),"examination of metres", metrical science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chettṛmfn. a remover (of doubts, saṃśayānām-,2, 21) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cint (see 4. cit-) cl.10. tayati- (cl.1. tati- ;metrically also tayate-See also tayāna-) to think, have a thought or idea, reflect, consider etc. ; to think about, reflect upon, direct the thoughts towards, care for (accusative;exceptionally dative case or locative case or prati-) etc. ; to find out ; to take into consideration, treat of. ; to consider as or that, tax (with double accusative or accusative and iti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cit cl.1. c/etati- (imperfect tense acetat- ; parasmE-pada c/etat- ) cl.2. (A1. Passive voice 3. sg. cit/e-, ; parasmE-pada f. instrumental case citantyā-, ; A1. citāna-, ) cl.3. irreg. cīhetati- (; subjunctive ciketat- ; imperative 2. sg. cikiddhi- ; parasmE-pada cikitān/a- ; perf. cik/eta- etc.; ciceta- ;3. dual number cetatur- ; A1.and Passive voice cikit/e- etc.;3. plural tre- ;for parasmE-pada cikitv/as-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order; A1. Passive voice cicite- ; Aorist acetīt- ; A1. Passive voice /aceti-and c/eti- ;for acait-See 2. ci-; future 1st c/ettā-, ) to perceive, fix the mind upon, attend to, be attentive, observe, take notice of (accusative or genitive case) ; to aim at, intend, design (with dative case) ; to be anxious about, care for (accusative or genitive case), ; to resolve, ; to understand, comprehend, know (perf. often in the sense of proper) ; P. A1. to become perceptible, appear, be regarded as, be known : Causal cet/ayati-, te- (2. plural cet/ayadhvam- subjunctive cetayat- imperative 2. dual number cetayethām- imperfect tense /acetayat- ;3. plural cit/ayante- ; parasmE-pada cit/ayat- (eleven times); cet/ayat-, ; A1. cetayāna-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) to cause to attend, make attentive, remind of. ; to cause to comprehend, instruct, teach ; to observe, perceive, be intent upon ; A1. (once P. ) to form an idea in the mind, be conscious of, understand, comprehend, think, reflect upon ; P. to have a right notion of. know ; P. "to recover consciousness", awake ; A1. to remember, have consciousness of (accusative) ; to appear, be conspicuous, shine : Desiderative c/ikitsati- (fr. kit- ;exceptionally A1. ; imperative tsatu- subjunctive tsāt- Aorist 2. sg. /acikitsīs- ; Passive voice parasmE-pada cikitsyamāna- ) to have in view, aim at, be desirous ; to care for, be anxious about, ; ( ) to treat medically, cure ; to wish to appear : Causal of Desiderative (future cikitsayiṣyati-) to cure : Intensive cekite- (fr.2. ci-?,or for tte- ; parasmE-pada c/ekitat-, ; A1. c/ekitāna- eight times) to appear, be conspicuous, shine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūḍam. equals ḍā-karaṇa- (see ḍopanayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣam. or n. the south (in dākṣasyāyana ṣasyāyana- n.the sun's progress towards south, the winter solstice and sacrifice then performed [ varia lectio dakṣ-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣam. Name of one of the prajā-pati-s ( etc. ;born from brahmā-'s right thumb etc.;or from a-ja-,"the unborn";or son of pra-cetas- or of the of 10 pra-cetasa-s, whence called prācetasa- ;father of 24 daughters by pra-sūti- etc.;of 50 [or 60 ;or 44 ] daughters of whom 27 become the Moon's wives, forming the lunar asterisms, and 13 [or 17 ;or 8 ]those of kaśyapa-, becoming by this latter the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are married to dharma- etc.;celebrating a great sacrifice [hence dakṣa sy/ayana-,"Name of a sacrifice" ] to obtain a son, he omitted, with the disapproval of dadhīca-,to invite śiva-, who ordered vīra-bhadra- to spoil the sacrifice [identified with viṣṇu-] ,= ;named among the viśve-devā-s ; . [ ] etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣādhvaradhvansakam. equals kṣa-yajña-prabhañana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣāyaṇan. equals dākṣasyāyana- (under dākṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇetif. (equals ṇāyana-) the sun's progress south of the equator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyam. of caikitāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
damanam. of yāmāyana- (author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānikamfn. relating to a gift, etc. (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see adhyayana--, udaka--, vara--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāyakamf(ikā-)n. fulfilling, causing, effecting (generally in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see agni--, uttara--, jñāna-- viṣa--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakṣemam. Name of the author of the vijñāna-kāya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaśarmanm. of an arhat- (author of the vijñāna-kāya-śāstra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devataram. (with cyāvasāyana- kāśyapa-) Name (also title or epithet) of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhalilam. or n. Name of a valley in which the capital of udyāna- is said to have been situated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmamegham. a particular samādhi- ( dharmameghadhyāna -dhyāna-; n.a particular state of mind connected with it ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātum. element, primitive matter (equals mahā-bhūta- ) etc. (usually reckoned as 5, viz. kha-or ākāśa-, anila-, tejas-, jala-, bhū-;to which is added brahma- ;or vijñāna- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātvavaropaṇan. depositing of relics (inside a Dagaba or stūpa-) (printed tvāva-and dhyānāva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyā dhyāta-, dhyāna- See under dhyai-, below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānajapyam. pl. Name of a race (varia lectio kara-j-and dhyāna-puṣṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīdhī (see 1. dhī-and dhyai-) cl.2 A1. didhīte-, 1. sg. dīdhye- (), parasmE-pada Pres. d/īdhyat- () and d/īdhyānā- ( , often with manasā-) to perceive, think, be intent upon ; to wish, desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyamfn. supernatural, wonderful, magical (aṅgāra- ; auṣadha- ; vāsas- ; see -cakṣus-, -jñāna-etc. below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyaprajñānan. equals -jñāna- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyavijñānavatmfn. equals -jñana- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāvilam. equals vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛgañcalam. a sidelong glance (see nayanāñc-and locanāñc-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛtikuṇḍaṭapaścitn. (only citām ayana- n.) Name of a sattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛtivātavatan. (only vator ayana- n.), Name of a sattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyayayanamfn. equals adhīyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmanasmfn. Name of a man (see daur-manasāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaipāyanamf(ī-)n. relating to dvaipāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijam. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any Aryan, (especially) a Brahman (re-born through investiture with the sacred thread see upa-nayana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvīpyam. Name of vyāsa- (see dvaipāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāyanībhū(see ekāyana-), to become the centre of union, become the only object (of affection etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamf(ā-)n. ( gam-) only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' going, moving (exempli gratia, 'for example' yāna--,going in a carriage ; śīghra--,going quickly ; see antarikṣa--etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārbhiṇa= simanto- nnayana- (parasmE-pada 1218). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāthāf. a verse, stanza (especially one which is neither ṛc-, nor sāman-, nor yajus-, a verse not belonging to the veda-s, but to the epic poetry of legends or ākhyāna-s, such as the śunaḥśepa-ākhyāna- or the ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaumāyanam. (gaRa aśvādi-) patronymic fr. go-min- (varia lectio mayāna-; majāta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāvāmayanikamfn. belonging to the ceremony called gavām-ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanam. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' mere, nothing but (exempli gratia, 'for example' vijñāna-ghan/a-,"nothing but intuition") (see ambu--, ayo--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭṭ cl.1 A1. ṭṭate- See vi--, saṃ--: cl.10 P. ṭṭayati-, to rub (the hands) over, touch, shake, cause to move ; to stir round ; to have a bad effect or influence on (accusative) ; (see ghaṭ-) to hurt with words, speak of malignantly (pr. p. ṭṭayāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣilam. Name of one of king udayana-'s 3 ministers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glaucukāyanam. plural the pupils of glaucukāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
glucukāyanim. see glaucukāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūhamf(ā-)n. See jñāna--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇam. a property or characteristic of all created things (in nyāya- philosophy twenty-four guṇa-s are enumerated, viz. 1. rūpa-,shape, colour;2. rasa-,savour;3. gandha-,odour;4. sparśa-,tangibility;5. saṃkhyā-,number;6. parimāṇa-,dimension;7. pṛthaktva-,severalty;8. saṃyoga-,conjunction;9. vibhāga-,disjunction;10. paratva-,remoteness;11. aparatva-,proximity;12. gurutva-,weight;13. dravatva-,fluidity;14. sneha-,viscidity;15. śabda-,sound;16. buddhi-or jñāna-,understanding or knowledge;17. sukha-,pleasure;18. duḥkha-,pain;19. icchā-,desire; 20. dveṣa-,aversion; 21. prayatna-,effort; 22. dharma-,merit or virtue; 23. adharma-,demerit; 24. saṃskāra-,the self-reproductive quality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hārakamf(ikā-)n. ravishing, captivating (in gopī-nayana-h-,"captivating the eyes of the gopī-s" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariṇalocanāf. equals -nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsam. a jest, joke, fun (ākhyāna-h-,"a funny story") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hautrakan. Name of the 16th pariśiṣṭa- of kātyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayanam. a year (see hāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayanan. a covered carriage or palanquin (also read ḍayana-;See under ḍī-)
yanamn. (according to to native authorities fr.1.or 2. -;but see hayana-) a year (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-).,and according to to on alsof(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayavidyāf. equals -jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīnayānan. "simpler or lesser vehicle", Name of the earliest system of Buddhist doctrine (opp. to mahāyāna-;See yāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hve cl.1 P. A1. () hv/ayati-, te- (Vedic or Veda also h/avate-and huv/ati-, te-; other present forms are hve- ; hvāmahe- ; h/oma-, hūm/ahe-, juhūm/asi- ; p. huvān/a-[with pass. sense] ; hvayāna- ; perfect tense juhāva-, juhuvuḥ- etc.; juhv/e-, juhūr/e- ; juhuve-, huhurire- ; hvayāṃ-āsa-and hvayāṃ-cakre- ; Aorist /ahvat-, ahvata-[or ahvāsta- ] etc. etc.; ahvi- ; /ahūmahi-, ahūṣata- ; ahvāsīt-[?] ; future hvātā- grammar; hvayiṣyati-, te- ; hvāsyate- ; infinitive mood Class. hvātum-; Vedic or Veda h/avitave-, hv/ayitum-, tav/ai-; huv/adhyai-; ind.p. Class. hūtvā-;Ved. -h/ūya-and -hāvam-), to call, call upon, summon, challenge, invoke (with nāmnā-,"to call by name"; with yuddhe-,"to challenge to fight") etc. ; to emulate, vie with : Passive voice hūy/ate- (Aorist /ahāvi-,or ahvāyi-), to be called etc. : Causal hvāyayati- (Aorist ajūhavat-or ajuhāvat-), to cause anyone (accusative) to be challenged by (instrumental case) : Desiderative juhūṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive johūyate- or j/ohavīti- (johuvanta-, ajohavuḥ-, j/ohuvat-, j/ohuvāna- ) or johoti- (grammar), to call on, invoke etc. [ confer, compare Greek .]
i cl.2 P. /eti- (imperative 2. sg. ih/i-) and 1. P. A1. /ayati-, ayate- ([ confer, compare ay-]), (perfect tense iyāya-[2. sg. iy/atha- , and iy/etha- ] future eṣyati-; Aorist aiṣīt-; infinitive mood etum-, /etave- and , /etav/ai- /etos- ity/ai- ) to go, walk ; to flow ; to blow ; to advance, spread, get about ; to go to or towards (with accusative), come etc. ; to go away, escape, pass, retire ; to arise from, come from ; to return (in this sense only future) ; (with punar-) to come back again, return etc. ; to succeed ; to arrive at, reach, obtain etc. ; to fall into, come to ; to approach with prayers, gain by asking (confer, compare ita-) ; to undertake anything (with accusative) ; to be employed in, go on with, continue in any condition or relation (with a participle or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' asura-rakṣasāni mṛdyamānāni yanti-,"the asura-s and Rakshases are being continually crushed" ; gavāmayaneneyuḥ-,"they, were engaged in the [festival called] gavāmayana-" ) ; to appear, be : Intensive A1. /īyate- (; parasmE-pada iyān/a- ; infinitive mood iy/adhyai- ) to go quickly or repeatedly ; to come, wander, run, spread, get about ; to appear, make one's appearance ; to approach any one with requests (with two accusative), ask, request : Passive voice /īyate-, to be asked or requested : Causal āyayati-, to cause to go or escape ; ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin e-o,i1-mus,i-ter,etc.; Lithuanian ei-mi4,"I go"; Slavonic or Slavonian i-du7,"I go",i-ti,"to go"; Gothic i-ddja,"I went."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iḍādadha(iḷā-, iḍā-,and ilā-) n. Name of a particular iṣṭy-ayana- or sacrificial observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īhālihmfn. reading (any one's) wish (nayanayoḥ-,"in his eyes"; confer, compare 2. lih-, parasmE-pada 903), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣumf. Name of a particular constellation ([According to dayānanda- iṣu-may mean"ray of light"; confer, compare Greek ; Zend ishu.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
itiind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), in this manner, thus (in its original signification /iti-refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes;in the brāhmaṇa-s it is often equivalent to "as you know", reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, etc. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind /iti- means that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas (/ity uktvā-,having so said; /iti kṛtvā-,having so considered, having so decided) . It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind exempli gratia, 'for example' vamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ&iencoding=&lang='>bālo 'pi nāvamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ-, a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self,"he is a mortal", () In dramatic language /iti tathā karoti- means"after these words he acts thus."Sometimes /iti- is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (exempli gratia, 'for example' ijyādhyayanadānāni tapaḥ satyaṃ kṣamā damaḥ- alobha /iti mārgo 'yam-,"sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire", this course of conduct, etc.) /iti- is sometimes followed by evam-, iva-, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (exempli gratia, 'for example' tām brūyād bhavatīty evam-,her he may call "lady", thus) . /iti- may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (exempli gratia, 'for example' /iti-pāṇini-,thus according to pāṇini-). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations exempli gratia, 'for example' something additional (as in /ityādi-,et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express"according to such a rule" (exempli gratia, 'for example' anudāttaṅita /ity ātmanepadam bhavati-,according to the rule of pāṇini- , the ātmane-pada- takes place) . kim /iti- equals kim-, wherefore, why? (In the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa- ti-occurs for /iti-; see Prakrittiand tti-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagajjīvanadāsam. Name of the author of three poems (jñāna-prakāśa-, prathama-grantha-, and mahā-pralaya-).
jaivantyāyani varia lectio for jīvantyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janamejayam. ()"causing men to tremble" , Name of a celebrated king to whom vaiśampāyana- recited the (great-grandson to arjuna-, as being son and, successor to parikṣit- who was the son of arjuna-'s son abhimanyu-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṭika"N." See jāṭikāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaulāyanabhaktamfn. inhabited by the jaulāyana-s gaRa aiṣukāry-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayasvāminm. Name of a scholiast on chandoga-sūtra- and āśvalāyana-brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvanam. Name of the author of mānasa-nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānan. "knowledge about anything cognizance" See -tas- and a-- (jñānād- a-jñānād- -,knowingly or ignorantly, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jūtif. equals pra-jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotisn. plural the heavenly bodies, planets and stars etc. (tiṣām ayana- n. course or movements of the heavenly bodies, science of those movements ([ equals tiṣa-]) ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kabandhinm. Name of a kātyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākṣīvatamf(ī-)n. ākhyāna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalāf. any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are enumerated in the śaivatantra-[ ];the following is a list of them: gītam-, vādyam-, nṛtyam-, nāṭyam-, ālekhyam-, viśeṣaka-cchedyam-, taṇḍula-kusuma-balivikārāḥ-, puṣpāstaranam-, daśana-vasanāṅgarāgāḥ-, maṇi-bhūmikā-karma-, śayana-racanam-, udaka-vādyam-, udaka-ghātaḥ-, citrā yogāḥ-, mālya-granthana-vikalpāḥ-, keśa-śekharāpīḍayojanam-, nepathya-yogāḥ-, karṇa-pattra-bhaṅgāḥ-, gandha-yuktiḥ-, bhūṣaṇa-yojanam-, indrajālam-, kaucumāra-yogāḥ-, hasta-lāghavam-, citraśākāpūpa-bhakṣya-vikāra-kriyā-, pānaka-rasarāgāsava-yojanam-, sūcīvāpa-karma-, vīṇā-ḍama-ruka-sūtra-krīḍā-, prahelikā-, pratimā-, durvacakayogāḥ-, pustaka-vācanam-, nāṭakākhyāyikā-darśanam-, kāvya-samasyā-pūraṇam-, paṭṭikā-vetrabāṇa-vikalpāḥ-, tarkū-karmāṇi-, takṣaṇam-, vāstu-vidyā-, rūpya-ratna-parīkṣā-, dhātu-vādaḥ-, maṇi-rāga-jñānam-, ākara-jñānam-, vṛkṣāyur-veda-yogāḥ-, meṣa-kukkuṭa-lāvaka-yuddha-vidhiḥ-, śuka-sārikā-pralāpanam-, utsādanam-, keśa-mārjana-kauśalam-, akṣara-muṣṭikā-kathanam-, mlechitaka-vikalpāḥ-, deśa-bhāṣā-jñānam-, puṣpa-śakaṭikā-nimitta-jñānam-, yantra-mātṛkā-, dhāraṇa-mātṛkā-, saṃpāṭyam-, mānasī kāvya-kriyā-, kriyā-vikalpāḥ-, chalitakayogāḥ-, abhidhāna-koṣa-cchando-jñānam-, vastra-gopanāni-, dyūta-viśeṣaḥ-, ākarṣaṇa-krīḍā-, bālaka-krīḍanakāni-, vaināyikīnāṃ vidyāṇāṃ jñānam-, vaijayikīnāṃ vidyānāṃ jñānam-;See also ) etc.
kalāyana(kalāyana-) m. a tumbler, dancer (especially one who dances or walks on the edge of a sword etc.)
kālīf. Name of satyavatī-, wife of king śāntanu- and mother of vyāsa- or kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana- (after her marriage she had a son vicitra-vīrya-, whose widows were married by kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana-, and bore to him dhṛta-rāṣṭra- and pāṇḍu- ;according to other legends kālī- is the wife of bhīmasena- and mother of sarvagata- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalam. of a pupil of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalim. a descendant of kamala-, Name of a pupil of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmasūtran. Name of a treatise on sexual love by vātsyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṇvyāyanīyam. plural the school of kāṇvyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārṣṇamf(ī-)n. belonging to the god kṛṣṇa- or to kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana- or composed by him etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' kārṣṇaveda- id est the mahā-bhārata- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭam. "Name of a man" See kāṣṭāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭham. Name of a sage (a pupil of vaiśampāyana- and founder of a branch of the yajur-veda-, called after him) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kati(for 1.See above) m. Name of a sage (son of viśvā-mitra- and ancestor of kātyāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
katithamfn. with cid-, the so-maniest (= katipayānāṃ pūraṇaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyam. equals kātyāyana- gaRa gargādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanamf(ī-)n. composed by kātyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanasūtran. the śrauta-- sūtra-s of kātyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanīyam. plural the school of kātyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanīyamfn. composed by kātyāyana- (exempli gratia, 'for example' -śāstra-,the law-book composed by kātyāyana-)
kātyāyanīyam. a pupil of kātyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇḍapāyinamfn. with ayana- Name of a soma- libation (equals kuṇḍa-pāyinām ay-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauñjāyanyam. a prince of the kauñjāyana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauśilyam. patronymic of the prince hiraṇyanābha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautsāyanamf(ī-)n. relating to kutsāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalan. the highest possible knowledge (equals kevala-jñāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalajñāninm. "possessing the kevala-jñāna- ", an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalinm. "possessing the kevala- (-jñāna-) ", an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāḍāyanabhaktan. a district inhabited by khāḍāyana-s gaRa aiṣukāry-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāḍāyaninm. plural (gaRa śaunakādi-) the school of khāḍāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiraṇāvalīf. Name of a commentator or commentary by udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokilākṣam. equals lanayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kolitam. Name of maudgalyāyana- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośam. (in vedānta- philosophy) a term for the three sheaths or succession of cases which make up the various frames of the body enveloping the soul (these are, 1. the ānanda-maya k-or"sheath of pleasure", forming the kāraṇa-śarīra-or"causal frame";2. the vijñāna-maya-or buddhi-m-or mano-m-or prāṇa-m k-,"the sheath of intellect or will or life", forming the sūkṣma-śarīra-or"subtile frame";3. the anna-m k-,"the sheath of nourishment", forming the sthūla-śarīra-or "gross frame") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kratusaṃkhyāf. Name of the thirteenth of kātyāyana-'s pariśiṣṭa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛśam. Name of sāṃkṛtyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatravidyāf. ( ; gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-) the knowledge or science possessed by the kṣatriya- or military order (equals dhanur-veda- commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣātravidyamfn. gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayam. fall (as of prices, opposed to vṛddhi- exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣayo vṛddhiś ca paṇyānām-,"the fall and rise in the price of commodities") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣemaṃkaram. of a son of brahma-datta- (udayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍapāyinmfn. drinking out of pitchers (yinām ayana- n.a particular religious ceremony) (see kauṇ ḍapāyina-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuraṅgākṣīf. equals kuraṅga-nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuraṅgalocanāf. equals -nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuraṅganetrāf. equals -nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalif. Name of a philosophical work (written by udayana- ācārya- to prove the existence of a Supreme Being, and consisting of seventy-two kārikā-s divided into five chapters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭārthabhāṣitāf. (scilicet kathā-) equals kūṭakākhyāna- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutsāyanam. Name of a man (see kautsāyana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣyavīthīf. the visible or universally recognisable road (equals brahma-loka-mārga-or deva-yāna- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāmagāyanam. equals -lāmakāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāmakāyaninm. plural the school of lāmakāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṭāyana wrong reading for la-tyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṭyāyanaśrautasūtran. the śrauta-sūtra- of lāṭyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laumāyanyam. patronymic fr. loman- gaRa kuñjādi- (plural laumāyanāḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laya layana- etc. See .
lihmfn. perceiving (nayanayoḥ-"in the eyes") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohityāf. Name of a celestial female (with jana-mātā-; varia lectio lohityā- yana-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lolekṣaṇamf(ā-)n. equals lola-nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāratan. (with or scilicet ākhyāna-),"great narrative of the war of the bharata-s", Name of the great epic poem in about 215, 000 lines describing the acts and contests of the sons of the two brothers dhṛtarāṣṭra- and pāṇḍu-, descendants of bharata-, who were of the lunar line of kings reigning in the neighbourhood of hastinā-pura- (the poem consists of 18 books with a supplement called hari-vaṃśa-, the whole being attributed to the sage vyāsa-) etc. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāṣyan. "Great Commentary", Name of patañjali-'s commentary on the sūtra-s of pāṇini- and the vārttika-s of kātyāyana- etc. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahānādam. equals śayānaka- (bhayānaka-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahānāgam. Name of vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahātantrarājam. See brahmajñāna-m-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvanan. of a Buddhist monastery in a forest in udyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvārttikan. "great vārttika- or critical commentary", Name of kātyāyana-'s vārttika-s on the sūtra-s of pāṇini- (see māhāv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhāvārttikamf(ī-)n. (fr. mahā-v-) familiar with (kātyāyana-'s) vārttika-s vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvratan. Name of a sāman- or stotra- appointed to be sung on the last day but one of the gavām-ayana- (applied also to the day itself or its ceremonies or according to to commentator or commentary to the śastra- following the stotra-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāyānan. "great vehicle"(opp. to hīna-y-), Name of the later system of Buddhist teaching said to have been first promulgated by nāgārjuna- and treated of in the mahā-yāna-sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāyānaparigrahakam. a follower of the mahā-yāna- doctrines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāyānasūtraratnarājam.Name of a highly esteemed mahā-yāna-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallanāgam. Name of vātsyāyana-, author of the kāma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandanāgam. (prob. wrong reading for malla-nāga-) = vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māndhātramfn. relating to māndhātṛ- (in trokhyāna- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalan. Name of the capital of udyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānitāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the fancying that one possesses, imaginary possession of (jñāna-m-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manobhirāmam. or n. (?) Name of the spot where buddha- tamāla-pattra-candana-gandha- (mahā-maudgalyāyana-) will appear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matyan. (for 1.See) the means of acquiring knowledge (equals jñānasya kāraṇam-) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maudgalyam. of lāṅgalāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauñjāyanīf. a princess of the mauñjāyana-s gaRa śārṅgaravādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauñjāyanīyam. a prince of the mauñjāyana-s, g., dāmany-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhājitm. Name of kātyāyana- (varia lectio medha-jit-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrāvaruṇam. dual number mitra- and varuṇa- etc. etc. (together they uphold and rule the earth and sky, together they guard the world, together they promote religious rites, avenge sin, and are the lords of truth and light see under 1. mitr/a-above; ṇayor ayanam-and ṇayor iṣṭiḥ-Name of particular sacrifices; ṇayoḥ saṃyojanam-Name of a sāman-) etc. (sg., wrong reading for maitrāvaruṇa- )
mṛgavyādhakathānakan. Name of chapter of the nārada-puraṇa- (called also mṛg/opākhyāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
munitrayan. "triad of muni-s", pāṇini- and kātyāyana- and patañjali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muruṇḍakam. Name of a mountain in udyāna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittamfn. (fr. ni-mitta-) relating to or explanatory of signs gaRa ṛgayanādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairuktamfn. relating to the nirukta- (q.v), explaining it gaRa ṛgayanādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiyāyamfn. (fr. ny-āya-) treating of the nyāya- philosophy (q.v), explaining it etc. gaRa ṛgayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīgulman. Name of an adhyayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naravāhanadattam. Name of a son of king udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇam. of a son of bhū-mitra- or bhūmi-mitra- (a prince of the dynasty of the kāṇvāyana-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navarātram. a soma- sacrifice with 9 sutyā- days ; 9 days in the middle of the gavām-ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yanamf(ī-)n. (fr. nayana-) relating to the eye, ocular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netran. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the eye (as the guiding organ, also -ka-, ; see nayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netraprabandham. = (and varia lectio for) nayanapr- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśīonly pr. p. A1. niḥśayāna śayāna- mfn. starting up from sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittajñānan. "knowledge of omens or signs", Name of chapter of the kāma-sūtra- by vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryāṇan. the outer corner of an elephant's eye (see nir-ṇāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśoP. -śyati- (A1. parasmE-pada -śyāna-,or -śāna- ), to sharpen, whet (see ni-śi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpadan. (with, yāna-) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' constantly dwelling or engaged in, intent upon, devoted or used to (see tapo-n-, dharma-n-, dhyāna-n-, śastra-n-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavyākhyānan. explanation of words gaRa ṛg-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādavyākhyānamfn. (fr. pada-v-) gaRa rig-ayanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣilam. Name of the saint vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāl cl.10 P. () pālayati- (te-;also regarded as Causal of2. -[ Va1rtt. 2, pat-.],but rather Nom.of pāla-below; parasmE-pada P. pālayat- A1. layāna-; perfect tense layām āsa-; Aorist apīpalat-), to watch, guard, protect, defend, rule, govern ; to keep, maintain, observe (a promise or vow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālaṅginm. pl Name of a school called after a disciple of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palāyanan. a saddle (see paly-ayana-, paryāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṅkajākṣīf. equals ja-nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇyan. trade, traffic, business (see jñāna--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parājiA1. -jayate- (see ; perfect tense -jigye- ; parasmE-pada -jigyāna- ; Aorist parājaiṣṭa- ; future -jayiṣye- ;but also P. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -jayet-,or -jayyāt- ; perfect tense -jigyathur- ; Aorist parājaiṣīt- ; infinitive mood -jetum- ; ind.p. -jitya- ), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (accusative), be conquered, succumb etc. ; to submit to, be overcome by (ablative) ; to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow etc. ; to defeat in a lawsuit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramind. (with ablative) beyond, after (exempli gratia, 'for example' paraṃ vijñānāt-,beyond human knowledge; astam-ayāt p-,after sunset; mattaḥ p-,after me; ataḥ p-or param ataḥ-,after this, farther on, hereafter, next; itaḥ p-,henceforward, from now; tataḥ p-or tataś ca p-,after that, thereupon; smāt p-[for smāt p-],no more of this, enough) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramitāf. transcendental virtue (there are 6 or 10, viz. dānta-, śīla-, kṣānti-, vīrya-, dhyāna-, prajñā-,to which are sometimes added satya-, adhiṣṭhāna-, maitra-, upekṣā-) (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariind. against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to (see ;also at the beginning of a compound mfn.; see Va1rtt. 4 and pary-adhyayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridhūpana pari-dhūmana- and pari-dhūmāyana- n. equals dhūmāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāriyānikan. (-yāna-) a travelling carriage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārvatāyanam. patronymic of a chamberlain, (varia lectio parv-and vātāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśupatan. equals -jñāna- Name of a celebrated weapon given by śiva- to arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśupataśāstran. equals -jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśyanāf. See a-paśyanā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patitasāvitrīkam. "one who is deprived of the sāvitrī-", a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana- q.v) has been unduly performed or omitted (see sāvitrī-patita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṣyamfn. relating to king pauṣya- ( pauṣyopākhyāna ṣyokhyāna- n.Name of ; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavitran. (with ādityānām-and devānām-) Name of sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
or pi- (connected with pyai-), cl.1 A1. p/ayate- (cl.2 A1. pr.p. p/iyāna- cl.3 P. Impv. pīpihī-; imperfect tense /apīpet-, /apīpayat-; subjunctive pipyatam-, tām-; pīpayat- A1. yanta-, parasmE-pada A1. p/āpyāna-; perfect tense P. pīp/āya-.2. sg. pīpetha-,3. plural pipyur-; parasmE-pada A1. pīpyān/a-), to swell, overflow, be exuberant, abound, increase, grow ; (trans.) to fatten, cause to swell or be exuberant, surfeit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhī(or -dīdhī-,only p. proper -dīdhyat-and -d/īdhyāna-), to long for, strive after ; to look out, be on the watch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāti(pr/a--) f. equals upa-nayana-, initiation with the sacred thread (as causing second birth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇam. a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. prāṇa-, apāna-and vyāna- ;usually 5, viz. the preceding with sam-āna-and, ud-āna- etc. see ;or with the other vital organs 6 ;or 7 ;or 9 ;or 10 ; plural the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. prāṇa-, vāc-, cakṣus-, śrotra-, manas-,collectively ;or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇītākāleind. equals praṇītānām praṇayana-kāle- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāntaśayanāsanabhaktamfn. Iiving in the country (also -śayana-bhakta-and -śayanāsanā-sevin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārth( pra-arth-) A1. prārthayate- (Epic also P. ti-and pr. p. yāna-), to wish or long for, desire (accusative) etc. ; to ask a person (accusative) for (accusative or locative case) or ask anything (accusative) from (ablative) etc. ; to wish to or ask a person to (infinitive mood) ; to demand in marriage, woo ; to look for, search ; to have recourse to (accusative) ; to seize or fall upon, attack, assail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasthānan. starting-point, place of origin, source, cause (in jñāna-pr-,Name of work ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratāparudram. Name of a king of the kākatīya-s (or according to others of vijayanagara- or of eka-śilā-; several works are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātibhan. (with or scilicet jñāna-) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination ( prātibhavat -vat- ind. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttijñānan. equals -vijñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥsaṃskāram. Name of work (see punar-upanayana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punarvasum. of kātyāyana- or vararuci- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇḍarīkalocanamfn. equals -nayana- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāvṛttakathāf. an old story or legend (also purāvṛtttākhyāna ttākhyāna- n. ; purāvṛtttākhyānakathana ttākhyāna-kathana- n.telling old stories )
purīṣīf. Name of a particular religious observance (equals cayana- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puth cl.4 P. puthyati-, to hurt : Causal pothayati- (A1.P. pothayāna- future, pothayiṣye-), to crush, kill, destroy ; to overpower or drown (one sound by another) ; to speak or to shine (bhāṣārthe-,or bhāsārthe-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājastambāyana(or b/āyana- ) m. patronymic fr. prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇan. (ramāyaṇa-) Name of vālmīki-'s celebrated poem, describing the"goings" ([ ayana-]) of rāma- and sitā- (it contains about 24000 verses in 7 books called kāṇḍa-s, viz. 1. bāla-kāṇḍa- or ādi-kāṇḍa-;2. ayodhyā-kāṇḍa-;3. araṇya-kāṇḍa-;4. kiṣ-kindhyā-kāṇḍa-;5. sundara-kāṇḍa-;6. yuddha-kāṇḍa-;7. uttara-kāṇḍa-;part of the 1st book and the 7th are thought to be comparatively modern additions;the latter gives the history of rāma- and sītā- after their re-union and installation as king and queen of ayodhyā-, afterwards dramatized by bhava-bhūti- in the uttara-rāma-caritra-; rāma-'s character, as described in the rāmāyaṇa-, is that of a perfect man, who bears suffering and self-denial with superhuman patience;the author, vālmīki-, was probably a Brahman connected with the royal family of ayodhyā-;and although there are three recensions of the poem, all of them go back to a lost original recension, the ground work of which, contained in books 2-6, in spite of many amplifications and interpolations, may be traced back to one man, and does not like the mahābhārata-, represent the production of different epochs and minds) etc. (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṇāyanīyam. plural the school of rāṇāyana-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasam. (in rhetoric) the taste or character of a work, the feeling or sentiment prevailing in it (from 8 to 10 rasa-s are generally enumerated, viz. śṛṅgāra-,love; vīra-,heroism; bībhatsa-,disgust; raudra-,anger or fury; hāsya-,mirth; bhayānaka-,terror; karuṇa-,pity; adbhuta-,wonder; śānta-,tranquillity or contentment; vātsalya-,paternal fondness;the last or last two are sometimes omitted; see under bhāva-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāsāyanamfn. (fr. rasāyana-) relating to an elixir etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅgāhvam. () equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅgāhvayam. () equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅganāmakam. () equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅganāmanm. ( ) equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅgasāhvam. () equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāṅgasaṃjñam. () equals ga-tulyāhvayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnatrayan. "jewels-triad", the three jewels or excellent things (with Buddhists, viz. buddha-, dharma-and saṃgha-;or with jaina-s, viz. samyag-darśana-, samyag-jñāna-and samyak-cāritra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātrif(i-or ī-). or (older) r/ātrī- (prob."bestower" , fr. -;or"season of rest", fr. ram-) night, the darkness or stillness of night (often personified) etc. ( rātrau trau- ind.or rātryām tryām- ind.at night, by night; rātrau śayanam-,a festival on the 11th day of the first half of the month āṣāḍha-, regarded as the night of the gods, beginning with the summer solstice, when viṣṇu- reposes for four months on the serpent śeṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāyāna(?) m. Name of a cow-herd (varia lectio rāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛcābham. Name of a pupil of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānuśāsanan. "word-instruction or explanation", Name of pāṇini-'s grammar and similar works (by śākaṭāyana-, hemacandra- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍāyatanamfn. consisting of the six āyatana-s (viz. vijñāna-,earth, air, fire, and water, and rūpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍguṇam. the six acts or measures to be practised by a king in warfare (viz. saṃdhi-,"peace", vigraha-,"war", yāna-,"marching", āsana-,"sitting encamped", dvaidhī-bhāva-,"dividing his forces", saṃśraya-,"seeking the protection of a more powerful king") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍguruśiṣyam. Name of a Commentator on kātyāyana-'s ṛg-veda-sarvānukramaṇī- (who lived in the 12th century, A.D.)
sahaind. in common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used as a prefix in compound,expressing"community of action", exempli gratia, 'for example' sahādhyayana- q.v;or forming adjectives expressing"the companion of an action", exempli gratia, 'for example' saha-cara- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujarāmadhyānan. Name of work (wrong reading -dhyāna-rāma-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasāvyan. a particular ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahāyam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).prob. fr. saha-+ aya- see sahāyana-;but according to to some, a Prakrit form of sakhāya-See sakhi-,p.1130)"one who goes along with (another)" , a companion, follower, adherent, ally, assistant, helper in or to (locative case or compound; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"having as a companion or assistant, accompanied or supported by") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saindhavam. Name of a particular school founded by saindhavāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakaṭāṅgajam. a patronymic equals śākatayana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakaṭāpaṇam. plural carts and merchandise (wrong reading śakaṭāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākaṭāyanasmṛtif. the law-book of śākaṭāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākaṭāyanim. a patronymic (prob. equals yana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākāyanyam. patronymic fr. śāka- gaRa kuñjādi- (plural yanāḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhāf. a branch or school of the veda- (each school adhering to its own traditional text and interpretation;in the caraṇa-vyūha-, a work by śaunaka- treating of these various schools, five śākhā-s are enumerated of the ṛg-- veda-, viz. those of the śākala-s, bāṣkala-s, āśvalāyana-s, śāṅkhāyana-s, and māṇḍukāyana-s;forty-two or forty-four out of eighty-six of the yajur-veda-, fifteen of which belong to the vājasaneyin-s, including those of the kāṇva-s and mādhyaṃdina-s;twelve out of a thousand said to have once existed of the sāma-veda- and nine of the atharva-- veda-;of all these, however, the ṛg-- veda- is said to be now extant in one only, viz. the śākala-śākhā-, the yajur-veda- in five and partially in six, the sāma-veda- in one or perhaps two, and the atharva-- veda- in one: although the words caraṇa-and śākhā-are sometimes used synonymously, yet caraṇa-properly applies to the sect or collection of persons united in one school, and śākhā-to the traditional text followed, as in the phrase śākhām adhīte-,he recites a particular version of the veda-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakuntalāf. (said to be fr. śakunta-) Name of a daughter of the apsaras- menakā- by viśvāmitra- (she was supposed to have been born and left in a forest, where she was protected by birds till found by the sage kaṇva-, who took her to his hermitage and reared her as his daughter;she was there seen by king duṣyanta-, when on a hunting expedition, and married by him, and became the mother of bharata-, sovereign of all India;the story of duṣyanta-'s accidental meeting with śakuntalā-, their marriage, separation, his repudiation of her through temporary loss of memory caused by a curse, his subsequent recognition of her by means of a ring which was lost but afterwards recovered, forms the subject of kālidāsa-'s celebrated drama called abhijñāna-śakuntalā- q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākuntalan. (according to to some alsof(ā-).) equals next or the drama commonly called śakuntalā- or abhijñāna-śakuntalam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanam. Name of a ṛṣi- (son of viśvāmitra-; plural = śālaṅkāyana-'s, descendants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanabāṣkalam. plural the śālaṅkāyana- and the bāṣkala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanagotran. the family of the śālaṅkāyana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanaf. " śālaṅkāyana-'s daughter", Name of satyavatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanasauśravam. plural the śālaṅkāyana- and the sauśrava-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyanim. a patronymic (perhaps wrong reading for yana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaṅkāyaninm. plural the school of śālaṅkāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhim. concentration of the thoughts, profound or abstract meditation, intense contemplation of any particular object (so as to identify the contemplator with the object meditated upon;this is the eighth and last stage of yoga- [ ];with Buddhists samādhi- is the fourth and last stage of dhyāna- or intense abstract meditation[ ];in the kāraṇḍa-vyūha- several samādhi- are enumerated) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāram. preparation, equipment, provision, necessaries, materials, requisite, collection of things required for any purpose (with Buddhists twofold, viz. 1. puṇya-s-,"meritorious acts", and 2. jñāna-s-,"science";others add 3. śamatha-s-,"quietude", and 4. vidarśana-s-,"farsightedness" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdihP. -degdhi-, to smear, besmear, cover etc. ; to heap together ; A1. -digdhe- (pr. p. -dihāna-,or -dehamāna-), to be doubtful or uncertain (said of persons and things) : Passive voice -dihyate-, to be smeared over or covered, be confused, confounded with (instrumental case) ; be indistinct or doubtful or uncertain etc.: Causal -dehayati-, to make indistinct or uncertain, confuse, perplex ; (A1.) to be doubtful or uncertain (in saṃ-dehayāna- varia lectio -dehamāna-)
same( -ā- 5 i-) P. -aiti- (pr. p. -eyāna- ), to come together, approach together, meet at or in (accusative or locative case) or with (instrumental case with or without samam-), go to or across, arrive at (accusative) etc. ; to unite with (instrumental case) in marriage ; to enter ; to emulate, cope with (accusative) ; (with yogam-) to lead or join together, form an alliance between (genitive case) and (instrumental case) (equals saṃ-gamayya-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarācāryam. Name of various teachers and authors, (especially) of a celebrated teacher of the vedānta- philosophy and reviver of Brahmanism (he is thought to have lived between A.D. 788 and 820, but according to tradition he flourished 200 B.C.,and was a native of kerala- or Malabar;all accounts describe him as having led an erratic controversial life;his learning and sanctity were in such repute that he was held to have been an incarnation of śiva-, and to have worked various miracles;he is said to have died at the age of thirty-two, and to have had four principal disciples, called padma-pāda-, hastāmalaka-, sureśvara- or mandana-, and troṭaka-;another of his disciples, ānanda-giri-, wrote a history of his controversial exploits, called śaṃkara-vijaya- q.v;tradition makes him the founder of one of the principal śaiva- sects, the daśa-nāmi-daṇḍin-s or"Ten-named Mendicants" ;he is the reputed author of a large number of original works, such as the ātma-bodha-, ānanda-laharī-, jñāna-bodhinī- , maṇi-ratna-mālā-, etc.;and commentaries on the upaniṣad-s, and on the brahma-mīmāṃsā- or vedānta-sūtra-, bhagavadgītā-, and mahā-bhārata-, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkaravijayam. of a fanciful life of śaṃkarācārya- (in the form of a dialogue between cid-vilāsa- and vijñānakanda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkasukam. Name of the author of (having the patronymic yāmāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyapravacanabhāṣyan. (or sāṃkhya-bh-) Name of a commentator or commentary on the sāṃkhya-sūtra- by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāra m. Name of work by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāravivekam. Name of work by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyāyanam. (patronymic fr. sāṃkhya-; see śānkhāyana-) Name of a teacher, (plural) his school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣepaśārīrakam. a summary in verse of śaṃkarācārya-'s brahma-sūtra-bhāṣya- by sarvajñātman- mahāmuni- ( saṃkṣepaśārīrakaṭīkā -ṭīkā- f. saṃkṣepaśārīrakaphalalakṣaṇa -phala-lakṣaṇa- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakabhāṣya -bhāṣya- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakavyākhyāna -vyākhyāna- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakasambandhokti -sambandhokti- f.Name of works. connected with prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammṛdP. -mṛdnāti-, -mardati- (Ved. infinitive mood -marditoḥ-), to press or squeeze together, rub or grind to pieces, crush, destroy : Causal -mardayati- (pr. p. -mardayāna-), to cause to be rubbed together, crush, pound, bruise ; to rub ; to clean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnikarṣam. connection with, relation to, (in philosophy) the connection of an indriya- or organ of sense with its viṣaya- or object (this according to to the nyāya-, is the source of jñāna-,and is of two kinds, 1. laukika-,which is sixfold, 2. a-laukika-,which is threefold ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraviśP. -viśati- (Epic also te-), to enter into together or completely (with mānasam-,or dhyānam-,"to be lost in thought") etc. ; to have commerce or intercourse with (accusative) ; to be sexually united with (accusative) : Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter, introduce, lead into (accusative or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsadam. equals saṃsadām ayana- (above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṃśapāyanakamf(ikā-)n. written or composed by śāṃśapāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṃśapāyanim. equals śāṃśapāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśīA1. -śete- (pr.p. -śayāna-; ind.p. -śayya-), to grow languid, become feeble ; to waver, be uncertain or irresolute or doubtful, hesitate etc. ; to despair of (locative case) ; to lie down for rest ; (P. -śayati-), to differ in opinion or disagree about (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskāram. a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in , viz. 1. garbhādhāna-,2. puṃ-savana-,3. sīmantonnayana-,4. jāta-karman-,5. nāmakarman-,6. niṣkramaṇa-,7. anna-prāśana-,8. cūḍā-karman-,9. upanayana-,10. keśānta-,11. samāvartana-,12. vivāha-,qq. vv.; according to to there are 40 saṃskāra-s) etc. (; 192 etc. )
saṃvatsaraprabarha m. a variety of the gavām-ayana- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvatsarapravalham. a variety of the gavām-ayana- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyeP. A1. -vyayati-, te- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vivyāna- q.v), to roll or cover up ; to put on, wrap one's self in (accusative) ; to supply or furnish or provide or equip with : Causal See vāyita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyamam. concentration of mind (comprising the performance of dhāraṇā-, dhyāna-, and samādhi-, or the last three stages in yoga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkham. of the author of (having the patronymic yāmāyana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhāhatan. a particular rite in the gavām-ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanamfn. relating etc. to śāṅkhāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanan. śāṅkhāyana-'s work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanabrāhmaṇan. the brāhmaṇa- of śāṅkhāyana- (also called kauṣītaki-brāhmaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtran. the gṛhya-- sūtra-s ascribed to śāṅkhāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtran. the śrauta-sūtra- of śāṅkhāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyaninm. plural the pupils of śāṅkhāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhāyanyam. patronymic fr. śāṅkhāyana- gaRa kuñjādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāntv (also written śāntv- q.v) cl.10 P. A1. (;rather Nom.fr. sāntva-below) sāntvayati-, te- (pr. p. once in [ ] sāntvamāna-and once [ ] sāntvayāna-; Aorist asasāntvat- grammar; ind.p. sāntvayitvā- ; sāntvayya- : Passive voice sāntvyate- ), to console, comfort, soothe, conciliate, address kindly or gently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasamagraham. "concentration of the essence of any work", Name of various compendiums (also sārasamagrahajñānabhūṣaṇabhāṣya -jñāna-bhūṣaṇa-bhāṣya- n. sārasamagrahanighaṇṭu -nighaṇṭu- m. sārasamagrahasaṃgraha -saṃgraha-,m. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasāyanam. (prob.) a patronymic gaRa ahukāry-ādi- (varia lectio for sāraryāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasāyanabhaktamfn. inhabited by sārasāyana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasyāyanaSee sārasāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaratalpam. a couch formed of arrow (especially for a dead or wounded warrior) (see -pañjara-, -śayana-, -śayyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāriputram. Name of one of the two chief disciples (agra-śrāvaka-), of gautama- buddha- (the other being maudgalyāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a snake, serpent, serpent-demon (see nāga-; sarpāṇām ayanam-,"a particular annual festival") , tortuous motion etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpasattran. (prob.) equals sarpāṇām-, ayanam- (See sarp/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśayānamfn. (perfect tense parasmE-pada of1. śī-;for 1. śaśa-y-See column 1) lying, reposing, sleeping (= śiśyāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭhāyanyam. patronymic fr. śaṭha- (plural yanāḥ-), gaRa kuñjādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭkarmann. the six duties of Brahmans (viz. adhyayana-,"studying or repeating the veda-", adhyāpana-,"teaching the veda-", yajana-"offering sacrifices", yājana-,"conducting them for others", dāna-,"giving", and pratigraha-,"accepting gifts"), etc. (the six daily duties according to to the later law-books, are, snāna-,"religious bathing", saṃdhyājapa-,"repetition of prayers at the three saṃdhyā-s", brahma-yajña-,"worship of the Supreme Being by repeating the first words of sacred books", tarpaṇa-,"daily oblations of water to the gods, sages, and pitṛ-s", homa-,"oblations of fuel, rice etc. to fire", deva-pūjā-,"worship of the secondary gods either in the domestic sanctuary or in temples") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanam. plural "the followers of śāṭyāyana-" etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanamf(ī-)n. of or belonging to śāṭyāyana- or the śāṭyāyana-brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanabrāhmaṇan. the brāhmaṇa- of śāṭyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanagotran. the family of śāṭyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanakan. the brāhmaṇa- of śāṭyāyana- or a passage from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyanasmṛtif. the law-book of śāṭyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭyāyaninm. plural the followers of śāṭyāyana- (Name of a śākhā- of the yajur-veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaubhāyanyam. a king of the śaubhāyana-s gaRa kuñjādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukanyan. (scilicet ākhyāna-) the story of sukanyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhayānikam. (fr. sukha-yāna-) a bard or other official who wishes a prince a prosperous march View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumadāyanam. (only plural) patronymic fr. su-mada- (or wrong reading for saumatāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanāyanaSee su-manāyana-, p.1230. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunaḥśepan. (scilicet ākhyāna-) the story of śunaḥ-śepa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakam. (patronymic fr. śunaka- gaRa bidādi-) Name of various authors and teachers (also with indrota- and svaidāyana-; especially of the celebrated grammarian, author of the ṛg-veda- prātiśākhya-, the bṛhad-devatā-, and various other works;he is described as the teacher of kātyāyana- and especially of āśvalāyana-;he is said to have united the bāṣkala- and śākala- śākhā-s, and is sometimes identified with the Vedic ṛṣi- gṛtsa-mada-;but according to the viṣṇu-purāṇa-, śaunaka- was a son of gṛtsamada-, and originated the system of four castes;he is quoted in and ;the various legends about him are very confused) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauṇḍāyanyam. a king of the śauṇḍāyana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvastikan. equals svasty-ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracitif. equals -cayana-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitrīf. initiation as a member of the three twice-born classes by reciting the above verse and investing with the sacred thread (see under sāvitr/a-,and upa-nayana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitrīf. of the wife of satya-vat- (king of śālva-;she was daughter of aśva-pati-, king of madra-, and is regarded as a type of conjugal love;her story is the subject of a fine episode of the mahā-bhārata-;See sāvitryupākhyāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyakāyaninm. pl. the school of sāyakāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayanan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (accusative with bhaj-, ā-- ruh-, saṃ-viś-etc.,"to go to bed or to rest";with Causal of ā-ruh-,"to take to bed, have sexual intercourse with [acc.]"; śayanaṃ- śṛta-or ne sthita- mfn.gone to bed, being in bed) etc.
sayanam. Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (Bombay edition seyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yanamfn. proceeding in the way of an ayana- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yanamfn. connected with the word ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyaṇḍāyanabhaktamfn. inhabited by the śāyaṇḍāyana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyāsanan. lying and sitting ( śayyāsanabhoga -bhoga- m.enjoyment of lying and sitting ; see śayanāsana-sevana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
seyanam. Name of a son of viśvāmitra- (varia lectio sayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śī cl.2 A1. () ś/ete- (with guṇa- throughout the proper stem : thus, ś/aye-[in also 3. sg. ], ś/eṣe-etc., 3. plural ś/erate-[in also ś/ere-and Class. śayire-]; Potential ś/ayīta- etc.; imperative -śetām-and śayām- ; imperfect tense aśeta- etc., 3. plural aśerata-[in also /aśeran-], parasmE-pada ś/ayāna- etc.;Ved. and Epic also cl.1. ś/ayate-, ti-; imperfect tense /aśayat-and aśāyata- ; perfect tense śiśye-, śiśyire- ; parasmE-pada Ved. śaśayān/a-,Class. śiśyāna-; Aorist aśayiṣṭa- subjunctive ś/eṣan- ; future śayitā- sg. t/āse- ; śayiṣyate-, ti- ; śeṣyate-, ti- ; infinitive mood śay/adhyai- ; śayitum- ; ind.p. śayitvā- etc.; -śayya- ), to lie, lie down, recline, rest, repose etc. ; to remain unused (as soma-) ; to lie down to sleep, fall asleep, sleep etc. ; (with patye-) to lie down to a husband (for sexual intercourse) ; (madanena-śī-= "to be impotent") : Passive voice śayyate- grammar (Aorist aśāyi- , pr.p. once in śīyat-): Causal śāyayati-, te- (Aorist aśīśayat-), to cause to lie down, lay down, put, throw, fix on or in (locative case) etc. ; to cause to lie down, allow to rest or sleep : Desiderative śiśayiṣate-, to wish to rest or sleep : Intensive śāśayyate-, śeśayīti-, śeśeti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ,"to lie";, "a bed."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhivādam. equals jñānagoṣṭhī- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilam. ( also n.;for 2.See column 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or ears of corn (according to to on śila- equals aneka-dhānyonnayana- id est"gleaning more than one ear of corn at a time", opp. to uñcha- equals ekaika-dhānyādi-guḍakoccayana-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmantam. equals sīmanton-nayana- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiṃśapāyana varia lectio for vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīnamfn. (fr. śyai-; see śīta-and śyāna-) congealed, frozen, coagulated, thick (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandham. (with Buddhists) the five constituent elements of being (viz. rūpa-,"bodily form"; vedanā-,"sensation"; saṃjñā-,"perception"; saṃskāra-,"aggregate of formations"; vijñāna-,"consciousness or thought-faculty") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śmaśānan. (according to to for śmaśayana-above;but prob. for aśma-śayana-) an elevated place for burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery or burial-place for the bones of cremated corpses etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtif. the whole body of codes of law as handed down memoriter or by tradition (especially the codes of manu- yājñavalkya- and the 16 succeeding inspired lawgivers, viz. atri-, viṣṇu-, hārīta-, uśanas- or śukra-, aṅgiras-, yama-, āpastamba-, saṃvarta-, kātyāyana-, bṛhas-pati-, parāśara-, vyāsa-, śaṅkha-, likhīta-, dakṣa- and gautama-;all these lawgivers being held to be inspired and to have based their precepts on the veda-; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānasūtran. Name of a sūtra- work ascribed to kātyāyana- (also -pariśiṣṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sodayanamfn. together with udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopānan. (perhaps contracted fr. sa-+ upāyana-) stairs, steps, a staircase, ladder to (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautasmārtakarmapaddhatif. Name of work (equals kātyāyana-sūtra-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautasūtran. Name of particular sūtra-s or sūtra- works based on śruti- or the veda- (ascribed to various authors, such as āpastamba-, āśvalāyana-, kātyāyana-, drāhyāyaṇa- etc.; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvakam. a disciple of the buddha- (the disciples of the hīna-yāna- school are sometimes so called in contradistinction to the disciples of the mahā-yāna- school;properly only those who heard the law from the buddha-'s own lips have the name śrāvaka-,and of these two, viz. Sariputta and Moggallana, were agra-śrāvaka-s, "chief disciples", while eighty, including kāśyapa-, upāli-, and ānanda-, were mahā-śrāvaka-s or"great disciples") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvakayānan. the vehicle of the śrāvaka- (see under yāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutabandhum. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic gaupāyana-or laupāyana-and author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthamf(ā-)n. occupied with, engaged in, devoted to performing, practising (See dhyāna--, yajña--, yoga--, savana-stha-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthairakāyaṇam. (yana-), metron. of mitra-varcas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
styai cl.1 P. styāyati-, to be collected into a heap or mass ; to spread about ; to sound ; cl.1 A1. styāyate- (pr. p. styāna- q.v; ind.p. -styāya-;See ni-ṣṭyai-), to stiffen, grow dense, increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana- and author of various hymns in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana- and author of various hymns in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūd (prob. connected with svad-) cl.1 A1. () sūdate- (occurring only in the reduplicated forms suṣūdima- ; s/uṣūdati-or dat- ; suṣūd/ata- ; grammar also future sūditā-, diṣyati-), to put or keep in order, guide aright : Causal or cl.10. (see ) sūd/ayati-, te- (parasmE-pada sūdayāna- ; Aorist asūṣudat-, ta-) idem or 'm. equals su-tr- Name of indra- ' ; to manage, arrange, prepare, effect, contrive ; to settle id est put an end to, kill, slay (also inanimate objects) etc. ; to squeeze, press, destroy : Desiderative susūdiṣate- grammar : Intensive sosūdyate-, sosūtti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrāvedanan. equals -pariṇayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūkarakan. equals sūkara-nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulhaṇam. Name of the author of the su-kavi-hṛdayānandinī- (a commentator or commentary on kedāra-'s vṛtta-ratnākara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suptavijñānan. equals -jñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suśāradam. Name of a teacher (with the patronymic śālaṅkāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suśarmanm. of śāṃśapāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutemanasm. Name of a preceptor (having the patronymic śāṇḍilyāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāminm. of the muni- vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarasāmanm. (sv/ara--) Name of the three days before and after the viṣuvat- of the gavāmayana- (id est the last three days of the first, and the first three days of the second half-year) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tad(Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.of and base in compound for 2. t/a-from which latter all the cases of this pronoun are formed except Nominal verb sg. m. s/as-or s/a-& f. s/ā-; instrumental case plural t/ais- etc.;Ved. t/ebhis- etc.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of y/a-generally standing in the preceding clause exempli gratia, 'for example' yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān-,"of whom there is intellect he is strong";sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives exempli gratia, 'for example' so 'ham-,"I that very person, I myself"[ tasya- equals mama- ]; tāv imau-,"those very two"; tad etad ākhyānam-,"that very tale" ; yat tat kāraṇam-,"that very reason which" ; yā sā śrī-,"that very fortune which" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taimirikamfn. equals timira nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tairyagayanikamfn. measured by the revolution (tiryag-ayana-) of the sun (a year) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirim. Name of a sage (elder brother of vaiśampāyana- ) (varia lectio titt- plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyasaṃhitāf. the saṃhitā- of the taittirīya-s (chief recension of the Black YV. , on the origin of which has the following legend: the YV. was first taught by vaiśampāyana- to 27 pupils, among whom was yājñavalkya-;subsequently V. being offended with Y. bade him disgorge the veda- committed to him, which he did in a tangible form;whereupon the older disciples of V. being commanded to pick it up, took the form of partridges, and swallowed the soiled texts, hence named"black";the other name taittirīya-referring to the partridges. Y. then received from the Sun a new or white version of the YV. , called from Y.'s patronymic vājasaneyin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāṇḍinm. plural () Name of a school of the (founded by a pupil of vaiśampāyana- ; see ) Scholiast or Commentator on ( = ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpanīyam. plural Name of a school of the (to which several upaniṣad-s belong) (varia lectio pāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tātparyapariśuddhif. Name of work by udayana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
timiramf(ā-)n. equals -nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traihāyaṇan. (varia lectio yana- ) a period of 3 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traiśṛṅgam. patronymic fr. tri-ś- (gāyana- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triyugmamfn. possessing 3 pairs (yaśo-vīrye-, aiśvarya-śriyau-, jñāna-vairāgye-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unnayanan. making a straight line, or parting the hair (of a pregnant woman) upwards (See sīmantonnayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upākhyānan. (fr. ā-khyāna-with upa-), a subordinate tale or story, an episode (see nalo-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanaya upa-nayana- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāyam. leader , initiation, equals upa-nayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanayanan. that ceremony in which a Guru draws a boy towards himself and initiates him into one of the three twice-born classes (one of the twelve saṃskāra-s or purificatory rites [prescribed in the dharma-- sūtra-s and explained in the gṛhya-- sūtra-s] in which the boy is invested with the sacred thread [different for the three castes] and thus endowed with second or spiritual birth and qualified to learn the veda- by heart;a Brahman is initiated in the eighth year [or seventh according to hiraṇyakeśin-;or eighth from conception, according to śāṅkhāyana- etc.], a kṣatriya- in the eleventh, a vaiśya- in the twelfth;but the term could be delayed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāyanan. initiation equals upa-nayana- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanītif. initiation equals upa-nayana- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasmṛtif. a minor law-book (the following authors of such books are named jābāli-, nāciketa-, skanda-, laugākṣin-, kaśyapa-, vyāsa-, sanatkumāra-, śatarju-, janaka-, vyāghra-, kātyāyana-, jātūkarṇya-, kapiñjala-, baudhāyana-, kaṇāda-, and viśvāmitra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaramīmāṃsāf. the vedānta- philosophy (an inquiry into the jñāna-kāṇḍa- or second portion of the veda-;opposed to pūrva-mīmāṃsā-;See mimāṃsā-): View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāhlāyana vāhli-, vāhlīka- See bālhāyana- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhṛtam. (fr. vi-dhṛti-) Name of a particular yoga- (or conjunction of the sun and moon when they are on the same side of either solstitial point [i.e. in the same ayana-, whether uttarāyaṇa- or dakṣiṇāyana-] and of equal declination, and when the sum of their longitude amounts to 360 degrees;this is considered a malignant aspect see vy-atipāta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaijayikamf(ī-)n. conferring or foretelling victory (kīnāṃ-[ varia lectio kānāṃ-] vidyānāṃjñānam-,one of the 64 arts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaijñānikamf(ī-)n. (fr. vi-jñāna-) rich in knowledge, proficient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. vi-naya-) relating to moral conduct or discipline or good behaviour (vainayikīnāṃ-[ wrong reading kānāṃ-] vidyānāṃ jñānam-"knowledge of the sciences relating to such subjects", reckoned among the 64 arts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśampāyanīyamfn. of or belonging to vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaitānam. a patronymic (varia lectio vaitāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyam. equals vājapeye bhavo mantraḥ-, or vājapeyasya vyākhyānaṃ kalpaḥ- on vArttika 5 etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyisaṃhitāf. "the saṃhitā- or continuous text of the vājasaneyin-s" (id est of the hymns of the White yajur-veda- ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya- and called śukla-,"white", to distinguish it from the Black or Dark yajur-veda-, which was the name given to the taittirīya-saṃhitā- [q.v.] of the yajur-veda-, because in this last, the separation between the mantra- and brāhmaṇa- portion is obscured, and the two are blended together;whereas the White saṃhitā- is clearly distinguished from the brāhmaṇa-;it is divided into 40 adhyāya-s with 303 anuvāka-s, comprising 1975 sections or kaṇḍikā-s: the legend relates that the original yajus- was taught by the ṛṣi- vaiśampāyana- to his pupil yājñavalkya-, but the latter having incurred his teacher's anger was made to disgorge all the texts he had learnt, which were then picked up by vaiśampāyana-'s other disciples in the form of partridges [see taittirīya-saṃhitā-] yājñavalkya- then hymned the Sun, who gratified by his homage, appeared in the form of a vājin-or horse, and consented to give him fresh yajus- texts, which were not known to his former master; see vājin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanetrāf. equals -nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmekṣaṇāf. equals vāma-nayanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vararucim. Name of a grammarian (also a poet, lexicographer, and writer on medicine, sometimes identified with kātyāyana-, the reputed author of the vārttika-s or supplementary rules of pāṇini-; he is placed by some among the nine gems of the court of vikramāditya-, and by others among the ornaments of the court of bhoja-; he was the author of the Prakrit grammar called prākṛta-prakāśa-, and is said to be the first grammarian who reduced the various dialects of Prakrit to a system) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikan. an explanatory or supplementary rule, critical gloss or annotation (added to a grammatical or philosophical sūtra- and defined to be"the exposition of the meaning, of that which is said, of that which is left unsaid, and of that which is ill or imperfectly said";the term vārttika- is, however, especially applied to kātyāyana-'s critical annotations on the aphorisms of pāṇini-'s grammar, the object of which is to consider whether pāṇini-'s rules are correct or not, and to improve on them where this may be found to be necessary;and also to similar works on various matters by kumārila-, sureśvara- etc.; see tantra-v-, śloka-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikābharaṇan. Name of a commentator or commentary on the ṭupṭīkā- (q.v,also called ṭupṭīkā-vyākhyāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikakāram. "composer of vārttika-s", Name of kātyāyana-, kumārila- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsavadattāf. Name of various women (especially of the wife of udayana-, king of vatsa- and daughter of king caṇḍa-mahā-sena- of ujjayinī-[ ]or of king pradyota-[ ],to whom she offered herself after having been betrothed by her father to saṃjaya-[ ];and of the heroine of subandhu-'s novel, who is represented to have been betrothed by her father to puṣpa-ketu-, but carried off by kandarpa-ketu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsāyanikamfn. (fr. 3. vāsa-+ ayana-) going from house to house, making visits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsta vāstāyana-, vāstika- See bāsta- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstuvidyamfn. (fr. next) relating to architecture gaRa ṛg-ayanādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasun. (in veda- genitive case v/asos-, v/asvas-and v/asunas-;also plural,exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches, property etc. ( vasoṣpati soṣ-pati- m.prob."the god of wealth or property" [ asoṣ-p-,"the god of life"]; vasordhārā sor-dh/ārā- f."stream of wealth", Name of a particular libation of ghṛta- at the agni-cayana- etc.;of the wife of agni- ;of the heavenly gaṅgā- ;of sacred bathing-place ;of a kind of vessel ; vasordhārāprayoga sor-dh/ārā-prayoga- m.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātādhvanm. "wind-way", air-hole, a round window (see 1. vātāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātavatm. Name of a man (see vātavata-; dṛti-vātavator ayanam-Name of a sattra- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vatāyana wrong reading for vātūyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātayānan. (= vātā- yana-), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding iii, 20 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vatsapatim. Name of udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātsāyana wrong reading for vātsyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātsyāyanamf(ī-)n. relating to or composed by vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātsyāyanabhāṣyan. Name of vātsyāyana-'s commentator or commentary on the nyāya-- sūtra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātsyāyanīyan. a work composed by vātsyāyana- (especially the kāma-- sūtra-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyum. the wind of the body, a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned, viz. prāṇa-, apāna-, samāna-, udāna-,and vyāna-;or nāga-, kūrma-, kṛkara-, devadatta-,and dhanaṃ-jaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntam. Name of the second and most important part of the mīmāṃsā- or third of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (called vedānta- either as teaching the ultimate scope of the veda- or simply as explained in the upaniṣad-s which come at the end of the veda-;this system, although belonging to the mīmāṃsā- [q.v.] and sometimes called uttara-mīmāṃsā-,"examination of the later portion or jñāna-kāṇḍa-[q.v.] of the veda-", is really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed of the Hindus of the present day - a creed which underlies all the polytheism and multiform mythology of the people;its chief doctrine [as expounded by śaṃkara-] is that of advaita- id est that nothing really exists but the One Self or Soul of the Universe called brahman- [neut.] or paramātman-, and that the jīvātman- or individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are really identical with the paramātman-, and that their existence is only the result of ajñāna- [otherwise called avidyā-] or an assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and Creation;Actor and Act;Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three qualities [see guṇa-];the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations, and re-union with the paramātman-, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that ignorance through a proper understanding of the vedānta-;this system is also called brahma-mīmāṃsā- and śārīrakamīmāṃsā-,"inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit";the founder of the school is said to have been vyāsa-, also called bādarāyaṇa-, and its most eminent teacher was śaṃkarācārya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntālokam. a collective Name of vijñāna-bhikṣu-'s dissertations on a number of upaniṣad-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārasāram. Name of work (or -jñāna-bodhinī-,an abstract of sadānanda-'s vedānta-sāra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthapradīpikāf. Name of work (by kātyāyana-- śiṣya-)
vedavratavidhim. (or -vratānāṃ-vidhi-) Name of a pariśiṣṭa- of kātyāyana-.
vedāyana wrong reading for baidāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
in compound = 3. vi- (in -kāśa-, -cayana-, -taṃsa-, -nāha-, -barha-, -mārga-, -rudh-, -vadha-, -vāha-, -vidha-, -vṛta-, -sarpa-, -hāra-,qq.vv.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānan. worldly or profane knowledge (opp. to jñāna-,"knowledge of the true nature of God") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāpanan. a particular product of milk (see vi-layana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalanirdeśam. Name of a mahāyāna-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītākhyānakīf. "inverted ākhyānakī-", a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītāyanan. a contrary ayana- or progress of the sun from solstice to solstice ( viparītāyanagata -gata- mfn.situated in contrary ayana-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viprabandhum. "Brahman's friend", Name of the author of (having the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrasenajam. "son of vīra-sena-", Name of nala- (the hero of several well-known poems exempli gratia, 'for example' the nalopākhyāna-, naiṣadha-, nalodaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrasenasutam. "son of vīra-sena-", Name of nala- (the hero of several well-known poems exempli gratia, 'for example' the nalopākhyāna-, naiṣadha-, nalodaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśabdanan. ( śabd-) equals prati-jañāna- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamavilocanam. "three-eyed", Name of śiva- (see -nayana-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśampamfn. (accusative of 2. viś-+ pa-), people."protecting", Name of a man (?) gaRa aśvādi- (see vaiśampāyana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuguptam. "hidden by viṣṇu-", Name of the muni- vātsyāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrāntavigrahakathamfn. one in whom,"war"or"a body" (see vi-graha-) is out of the question id est "unwarlike"and"bodiless"(applied to king udayana- and to the god of love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvajitm. Name of an ekāha- in the gavām-ayana- rite (the 4th day after the viṣuvat-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvasṛjm. creator of the universe (of whom there are ten according to to some) etc. (-sṛjām ayana- n.a particular festival ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇasāmānyakarmaprakāśam. Name of a section of the jñāna-bhāskara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratopāyanan. presents of cakes etc. (to be eaten during a religious feast equals vāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratopāyanīyamfn. belonging to the vratopāyana- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhamfn. grown up, full-grown, advanced in years, aged, old, senior (often in compound with the names of authors, especially of authors of law-books[ see ] , to denote either an older recension of their works or the work of some older authors of the same name; see vṛddha-kātyāyana-, -garga-etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhabaudhāyanam. the old baudhāyana- or an older recension of baudhāyana-'s law-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhakātyāyanam. the older kātyāyana- or an older recension of kātyāyana-'s law-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhatāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') pre-eminence in (exempli gratia, 'for example' jñāna-v-,"in knowledge") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyānabhṛtmfn. maintaining the vyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyānadṛhmfn. (Nominal verb -dh/ṛk-) making the vyāna- strong or durable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyānodānam. dual number vyāna- and udāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapanayam. taking away, removal (varia lectio vy-apayana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsam. "arranger, compiler", Name of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called veda-vyāsa- and regarded as the original compiler and arranger of the veda-s, vedānta-- sūtra-s etc.;he was the son of the sage parāśara- and satyavatī-, and half-brother of vicitra-vīrya- and bhīṣma-;he was also called vādarāyaṇa- or bādarāyaṇa-, and kṛṣṇa- from his dark complexion, and dvaipāyana- because he was brought forth by satyavatī- on a dvīpa- or island in the Jumna;when grown up he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to become the husband of vicitra-vīrya-'s two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind dhṛta-rāṣṭra- and of pāṇḍu-; he was also the father of vidura- [ q.v ] by a slave girl, and of śuka-, the supposed narrator of the bhāgavata-- purāṇa-, he was also the supposed compiler of the mahā-bhārata-, the purāṇa-s, and other portions of Hindu sacred literature; but the name vyāsa- seems to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatipātam. ( pat-) Name of a particular astronomical yoga- (when sun and moon are in the opposite ayana- and have the same declination, the sum of their longitudes being = 180 degrees) (see vy-atī-pāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavacasm. (yajñ/a--) Name of a teacher (with the patronymic rāmastambāyana-; plural his family) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñopavītan. the investiture of youths of the three twice-born castes with the sacred thread or (in later times) the thread itself (worn over the left shoulder and hanging down under the right;originally put on only during the performance of sacred ceremonies but its position occasionally changed[ see prācīnāvītin-, nivītin-];in modern times assumed by other castes, as by the vaidya-s or medical caste in Bengal; see upanayana-and ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmyāyanan. the sun's progress south of the equator, the winter solstice (equals dakṣiṇāyana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yānan. (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are either 3 systems, the śrāvaka-yāna-,the pratyeka-buddha-y-or pratyeka-y-,and the mahā-y-;or more generally only 2, the mahā-yāna-or"Great method"and the hina-y-or"Lesser method";sometimes there is only"One Vehicle", the eka-yāna-,or "one way to beatitude") (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaugaṃdharāyaṇam. Name of a minister of king udayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogāṅgan. a constituent or part of the Yoga, means of attaining it (generally said to be 8 in number, viz. yama-, niyama-, āsana-, prāṇāyāma-, pratyāhāra-, dhāraṇā-, dhyāna-,and samādhi-,or according to another authority 6, viz. āsana-, prāṇasaṃrodha-,with the last four as enumerated above ),
yuñjakamfn. applying, performing, practising (exempli gratia, 'for example' dhyāna-y-,practising devotion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpalakṣaṇan. Name of the 1st pariśiṣṭa- of kātyāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
104 results
aṅgirasāmayanam अङ्गिरसामयनम् [अलुक् स.] A Sattra sacrifice.
atiśayana अतिशयन a. [शी-भावे-ल्युट] Surpassing, (in comp.); great, eminent, abundant. -नम् Excess, abundance, superfluity. -नी N. of a metre of four lines, also called चित्रलेखा.
atiśāyanam अतिशायनम् [शी-ल्युट्] Excellence, superiority, पर्यायात्परमतिशायनस्य वा यत् Mv.4.15; अतिशायने तमविष्ठनौ (superlative affixes) P.V.3.55.
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
anāyana अनायन a. [न आयनं चालनं यत्र] Invariable (एकान्त).
anāśakāyanam अनाशकायनम् [न नश्यति अनाशकः आत्मा तस्यायनं प्राप्त्यु- पायः] The state of ब्रह्मचर्य, unmarried or student's life, devoted to contemplation and knowledge of the soul; अथ यदनाशकायनमित्या चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तत् । एष ह्यात्मा न नश्यति यं ब्रह्मचर्येणानुविन्दते Ch. Up.8.5.3; a course of fasting as a penance (?).
apanayanam अपनयनम् 1 Taking away, removing, extracting &c. गण्डस्वेद˚ Me.26; नीतिश्रमापनयनाय Ś.5.6. -2 Healing, destroying, curing (disease &c.); रोगाच्चापनयने P.V. 4.49. -3 Discharge or acquittance of a debt or obligation. -4 Subtraction, deduction. -5 Injustice; शृणु राजन् स्थिरो भूत्वा तवापनयनो महान् Mb.6.49.22.
apyayanam अप्ययनम् 1 Union, junction. -2 Copulation.
abhipraṇayanam अभिप्रणयनम् Consecrating by sacred hymns.
abhyavāyanam अभ्यवायनम् Going down, descending.
abhyupāyanam अभ्युपायनम् A complimentary present; inducement, bribe.
ayana अयन a. [अय्-ल्युट्] Going (at the end of comp.); यथेमा नद्यः स्यन्दमानाः समुद्रायणाः Praśn. Up. 1 Going, moving, walking; as in रामायणम्. -2 A walk, path, way, road; आयन्नापो$यनमिच्छमानाः Rv.3.33.7. अगस्त्य- चिह्नादयनात् R.16.44. -3 A place, site, abode, place of resort; Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वम् Ms. 1.1 (occurring in the derivation of the word नारायण). -4 A way of entrance, an entrance (to an array of troops or व्यूह); अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमव- स्थिताः Bg.1.11. -5 Rotation, circulation period; अङ्गिरसां अयनम्; इष्टि˚, पशु˚. -6 A particular period in the year for the performance of particular sacrificial or other religious works; N. of certain sacrificial performances; as गवामयनम्. -7 The sun's passage, north and south of the equator. -8 (Hence) The period of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to another; see उत्तरायण and दक्षिणायन; cf. also सायन and निरयण. -9 the equinoctial and solstitial points; दक्षिणम् अयनम् winter solstice; उत्तरम् अयनम् summer solstice; -1 Method, manner, way. -11 A Śāstra, scripture or inspired writing. -12 Final emancipation; नान्यः पन्था विद्यते$यनाय Śvet. Up. -13 A commentary; treatise. -14 The deities presiding over the ayanas. -Comp. -अंशः, -भागः the arc between the vernal equinoctial point and beginning of the fixed zodiac or first point of Aries. -कलाः The correction (in minutes) for ecliptic deviation. Sūryasiddhānta. -कालः the interval between the solstices. -ग्रहः A planet's longitude as corrected for ecliptic deviation; ibid. -जः a month caused by ayanāṁśa. -परिवृत्तिः Change of the अयन; sun's passage from one side of the equator to the other; अयनपरिवृत्ति- र्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -संक्रमः, -संक्रान्तिः f. passage through the zodiac. -वृत्तम् the ecliptic.
āpyāyana आप्यायन a. Causing fulness or stoutness, promoting welfare. -नम्, -ना [प्याय्-ल्युट्] 1 The act of making full or fat; क्लेदनं पिण्डनं तृप्तिः प्राणनाप्यायनोन्दनम् Bhāg. 3.26.43. -2 Satisfying, refreshing, pleasing. -3 Satisfaction, satiety; देवस्याप्यायना भवति Pt.1. Ms.3.211. -4 Advancing, promoting. -5 Corpulency, growing fat or stout. -6 Anything which causes corpulency or good condition. -7 A strengthening medicine. -8 Pouring water on Soma and thus causing it to swell. -Comp. -शील a. satisfying.
āyana आयन Ved. Coming, approaching.
āyana आयन a. Belonging to the solistice (as in उत्तरायण, दक्षिणायन).
āśvalāyana आश्वलायनः N. of the author of a celebrated ritual work, called the Āśvalāyana Sūtras; कौसल्यश्चाश्वलायनः Praśn. Up.1.1. -शाखा The school of आश्वलायन.
āhvayana आह्वयन a. Taking one's name. -नम् Name, appellation.
uḍḍayanam उड्डयनम् Flying up, soaring; गतो विरुत्योड्डयने निराशताम् N.1.125.
uḍḍīyanam उड्डीयनम् Flying up.
udayanam उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.
uddālakāyana उद्दालकायनः A descendant or son of उद्दालक i. e. श्वेतकेतु; गार्य्यायण उद्दालकायनात् Bṛi. Up.4.6.2.
unnayana उन्नयन a. With the eyes raised upwards; पुरुहूतध्वज- स्येव तस्योन्नयनपङ्क्तयः R.4.3. -नम् 1 Raising, elevating, lifting up. -2 Drawing up water. -3 The vessel out of which a fluid is taken. -4 Leading away, extracting. -5 Making straight, smoothing; सीमन्त˚. -6 Deliberation, discussion. -7 inference; श्रवणादनु पश्चादीक्षा अन्वीक्षा उन्नयनम्.
upagāyanam उपगायनम् Singing.
upanayanam उपनयनम् 1 Leading to or near. -2 Presenting, offering; धारासारोपनयनपरा नैगमाः सानुमन्तः V.4.13. -3 Investiture with the acred thread; गर्भाष्टमे ब्राह्मण उपनेय इत्युपनयनं संस्कारार्थम् Mbh.6.6.84. आसमावर्तनात्कुर्यात् कृतोपनयनो द्विजः Ms.2.18,173. -4 Employment, application. -5 Introduction (into any science).
upānayanam उपानयनम् The act of leading near or home (a wife); Bhāg.
upāyanam उपायनम् 1 Going near, approach. -2 Becoming a pupil of. -3 Engaging in any religious rite. -4 Undertaking, beginning; व्रत˚. -5 A present, gift; मालविकोपायनं प्रेषिता M.1; तस्योपायनयोग्यानि वस्तूनि सरितां पतिः Ku.2.37; R.4.79; शरीरिणां श्रेय उपायनं वपुः Bhāg.1.2.34.
kaṭāyanam कटायनम् The plant Andropogon Muricatus (वीरणमूल).
kaṇḍūyana कण्डूयन नक a. Scratching. -नम् Scratching, rubbing; कण्डूयनैर्दशनिवारणैश्च R.2.5. -नी A brush for rubbing. -कः A tickler; कर्णस्य कण्डूयनकेन वापि (तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम्) Pt.1.71.
kāṇḍamāyana काण्डमायनः N. of a grammarian.
kātyāyana कात्यायनः 1 N. of a celebrated writer on grammar who wrote Vārtikas to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini; न स्म पुराद्यतन इति ब्रुवता कात्यायनेनेह Mbh. on P. III.2.118; Rām.2.67.3. -2 N. of a sage who is a writer on civil and religious law; Y.1.4. -Comp. सूत्रम् the Śrauta sūtras of Kātyāyana.
kāpiśāyanam कापिशायनम् 1 Liquor; 'कश्यं कल्पं तथा मद्यं मैरेयं कापिशायनम्' इति वैजयन्ती; कापिशायनसुगन्धि विघूर्णन् Śi.1.4. कपिरपि च कापिशायनमदमत्तः Kuv.148. -2 A deity.
kāmukāyana कामुकायनः N. of an old authority quoted in the MS. by Jaimini (MS.11.1.56,61).
yana गायनः (-नी f.) [गै-ल्युट्] A singer; गायनैश्च विरोविण्यो वादनैश्च तथापरैः । विरेजुर्विपुलास्तत्र सर्वरत्नसमन्विताः ॥ Rām.1.18. 19; तथैव तत्पौरुषगायनीकृताः N.1.13; Bh.3.27 v. l. -नम् 1 Singing a song. -2 Practising singing as a means of subsistence.
guḍuguḍāyanam गुडुगुडायनम् A rattling in the throat (as breath) caused by cough.
gopāyanam गोपायनम् Protecting, guarding, defending.
caṭacaṭāyanam चटचटायनम् Crackling.
cayanam चयनम् [चि भावे-ल्युट्] 1 The act of collecting (especially flowers &c.). -2 Piling, heaping. -3 Keeping the sacred fire. -4 Stacking wood.
cumucumāyanam चुमुचुमायनम् Itching of a wound; Suśr.1.42.11.
jayanam जयनम् [जि करणे ल्युट्] Conquering, subduing. -2 Armour for cavalry, elephants &c. -Comp. -युज् 1 caparisoned. -2 victorious.
ḍayanam डयनम् 1 Flight. -2 A litter carried upon men's shoulders, palanquin.
yanam तायनम् 1 Proceeding well, succeeding. -2 Increase, growth.
dvaipāyana द्वैपायनः [द्वीपः अयनं जन्मभूमिर्यस्य स द्वीपायनः, स्वार्थे-अण्] 1 'The island-born, N. of Vyāsa; उदारचेता गिरमित्युदारां द्वैपायनेनाभिदधे नरेन्द्रः Ki.3.1. -2 N. of the sage Durvāsas; L. D. B.
dvaihāyanam द्वैहायनम् The period of two years.
dhūmāyanam धूमायनम् 1 Smoking, steaming. -2 Heat.
nayanam नयनम् [नी-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Leading, guiding, conducting managing. -2 Taking, bringing to or near, drawing; पापापहं स्वर्नयनं दुस्तरं पार्थिवर्षभैः Rām.1.14.58. -3 Ruling, governing, polity; वाक्यैः पवित्रार्थपदैर्नयनैः प्राकृतैरपि Bhāg. 1.5.34. -4 Obtaining. -5 The eye. -6 Passing, spending (as time). -ना, -नी The pupil of the eye. -Comp. -अञ्चलः, -अन्तः 1 the eye-corner. -2 a side-glance. -अभिराम a. gladdening the sight, lovely to behold. (-मः) the moon. -आमोषिन् a. blinding the sight, obscuring. -उत्सवः 1 a lamp. -2 delight of the eyes. -3 any lovely object. -उपान्तः the corner of the eye; नयनोपान्तविलोकितं च यत् (स्मरामि) Ku.4.23. -गोचर a. visible, within the range of sight. -चरितम् the play of the eyes, ogling. -छदः an eyelid. -जम्, -जलम्, -वारि n. tears; देव त्वद्वैरिनारीनयननयनजैर्निर्ममे नीरधिर्न Sūkti.5.117. -पथः the range of sight. -पुटम् the cavity of the eye, eye-lid. -प्रबन्धः the outer corner of the eye. -प्रीतिः lovely sight. -प्लवः the swimming of the eyes. -बुद्बुदम् an eye-ball. -विषयः 1 any visible object; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the horizon. -3 the range of sight. -सलिलम् tears; तस्मिन् काले नयनसलिलं योषितां खण्डितानाम् (शान्तिं नेयम्) Me.41.
nayanatvam नयनत्वम् The condition of the eyes; बाष्पजलान्तरित- नयनत्वान्न पश्यामि ते मुखचन्द्रम् Ve.6.39/4.
ninayanam निनयनम् See under निनी.
ninayanam निनयनम् 1 Performance. -2 Performing, accomplishing. -3 Pouring out.
nirṇāyanam निर्णायनम् 1 Making certain. -2 The outer angle of the elephant's ear.
nilayanam निलयनम् 1 Setting in a place, alighting. -2 A place of refuge; निलयनं चानिलयनं च Tait. Up.2.6; Bhāg. 5.19.2. -3 A house, dwelling, habitation; नदीनिलयनाः सर्पा नदीकुटिलगामिनः । तिष्ठन्त्यावृत्य पन्थानमतो दुःखतरं वनम् ॥ Rām.2.28.2; Ki.7.2. -4 The act of going out.
nilāyanam निलायनम् Playing at hide and seek; Bhāg. 1.11.59.
palāyanam पलायनम् 1 Running away, retreat, flight, escape; युद्धे चाप्यपलायनम् (क्षत्रकर्म स्वभावजम्) Bg.18.43; R.19.31. -2 A saddle.
palyayanam पल्ययनम् 1 A saddle. -2 A rein, bridle.
pāṇḍavāyana पाण्डवायनः An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
yanam पायनम् Giving or causing to drink. -ना 1 Causing to drink. -2 Watering, moistening. -3 Sharpening, whetting.
yanam पूयनम् = पूय q. v.
pṛṣṭahāyana पृष्टहायनः 1 A species of grain. -2 An elephant.
pyāyana प्यायन a. 1 Invigorating. -2 Promoting strength or growth. -नम् Increase, growth.
pracayanam प्रचयनम् Collecting, gathering.
praṇayanam प्रणयनम् 1 Bringing, fetching. -2 Conducting, conveying. -3 Carrying out, executing, performing; सर्गशेष- प्रणयनाद्विश्वयोनेरनन्तरम् Ku.6.9. -4 Writing, composing. -5 Decreeing, sentencing, awarding; as दण्डस्य प्रणयनम्. -6 Bringing forward, adducing. -7 Distributing. -8 Infliction of (punishment). -9 Founding (of a school).
pratiśayanam प्रतिशयनम् The act of lying down without food before a deity to secure some desired object.
pratyānayanam प्रत्यानयनम् Bringing back, recovery.
pratyāyanam प्रत्यायनम् 1 Leading home (a bride), marrying. -2 Setting (of the sun). -नम्, -ना 1 Producing confidence. -2 Explaining. -3 Proving, demonstrating.
prapalāyanam प्रपलायनम् Flight, retreat.
prapyāyanam प्रप्यायनम् Swelling.
prasayanam प्रसयनम् 1 Binding, fastening. -2 A Net; प्रसितिः प्रसयनात् तन्तुर्वा जालं वा Nir.
prādhyayanam प्राध्ययनम् Reading, studying.
bodhāyana बोधायनः N. of a teacher and author of ब्रह्मसूत्रवृत्ति.
baudhāyana बौधायनः Patronymic name of an ancient writer.
brāhmaṇāyana ब्राह्मणायनः A Brāhmaṇa descended from learned and holy progenitors.
bhayanam भयनम् Fear, alarm.
melāyanam मेलायनम् Combination, junction.
maudgalāyana मौद्गलायनः N. of a pupil of गौतमबुद्ध.
layanam लयनम् [ली-ल्युट्] 1 Adhering, clinging, sticking. -2 Rest, repose. -3 A place of rest, house.
lābukāyana लाबुकायनः N. of an old authority on philosophy quoted by Jaimini; MS.6.7.37.
vadhūṭaśayana वधूटशयनः A lattice, window.
vayanam वयनम् Weaving.
vātsyāyana वात्स्यायनः 1 N. of the author of the Kāmasūtras (a work on erotic subjects). -2 N. of the author of a commentary on the Nyāya Sūtras.
yanam वायनम् वायनकम् 1 A present of sweetmeats made to a deity, particularly to a Brāhmaṇa, on festive occasions; observance of fasts &c. -2 A kind of perfume.
vicayanam विचयनम् Searching, seeking &c.
vinayanam विनयनम् 1 Removing, taking away; वक्ष्यस्यध्वश्रम- विनयने तस्य शृङ्गे निषण्णः Me.54. -2 Education, instruction, training, discipline.
vipalāyanam विपलायनम् Running away, fleeing in different directions.
vilayanam विलयनम् 1 Dissolving, liquefying, dissolution. -2 Corroding. -3 Removing, taking away. -4 Attenuating. -5 An attenuant.
vismayanam विस्मयनम् Astonishment, wonder.
vaiśampāyana वैशम्पायनः N. of a celebrated pupil of Vyāsa; जनमे- जयेन पृष्टः सन् ब्राह्मणैश्च सहस्रशः । शशास शिष्यमासीनं वैशम्पायन- मन्तिके ॥ Mb. [It was he who made Yājñavalkya 'disgorge the whole of the Yajurveda he had learnt from him which was picked up by his other pupils in the form of Tittiris or partridges; and hence the Veda was called 'Taittirīya'. Vaīśampāyana was celebrated for his great skill in narrating Purāṇas, and is said to have recounted the whole of the Mahābhārata to king Janamejaya].
vyayanam व्ययनम् 1 Spending. -2 Wasting, destroying.
śayanam शयनम् [शी-ल्युट्] 1 Sleeping, sleep, lying down. -2 A bed, couch; शयनस्थो न भुञ्जीत Ms.4.74; R.1.95; V.3.1. -3 Copulation, sexual union. -Comp. -अ (आ)गारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a bed-chamber, sleeping apartments. -एकादशी the eleventh day of the bright half of Āṣāḍha when Viṣṇu lies down to enjoy his four months' repose. -तलगत a. gone to bed, lying in bed. -पालिका the (female) keeper of a (royal) bed. -भूमिः a bed-chamber. -रचनम् the preparation of a bed (one of the 64 arts). -वासस् n. sleeping garment. -सखी a bed-fellow. -स्थ a. being on a couch; शयनस्थो न भुञ्जीत Ms.4.74. -स्थानम् a sleeping apartment, bed-chamber.
śākaṭāyana शाकटायनः N. of a philologist and grammarian often referred to by Pāṇini and Yāska; cf. व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Nir.
śāṅkhāyana शाङ्खायनः N. of a Vedic teacher (author of a Brāhmaṇa and two Sūtras).
śāṭyāyanam शाट्यायनम् An oblation for remedying anything wrong in the performance of a rite. -नः N. of a teacher and author of various works.
śālakāyana शालकायनः N. of a ṛiṣi.
śālaṅkāyanajīvas शालङ्कायनजीवस् f. Vyāsa's mother.
saṃlayanam संलयनम् 1 Adhering or clinging to. -2 Dissolution. -3 Lying down, sleep.
saṃcayanam संचयनम् 1 Gathering, collecting. -2 Collecting the ashes and bones of a body after it has been burnt.
saṃnayanam संनयनम् 1 Bringing together or near. -2 Connecting, uniting.
samācayanam समाचयनम् Accumulation.
samānayanam समानयनम् Bringing together, collecting, conducting.
sahāyanam सहायनम् Fellowship, company; नाना चित्राः कथाश्चान्या विश्वामित्रसहायने Rām.1.3.11.
yanam सायनम् The longitude of a planet reckoned from the vernal equinoctial point.
saumāyana सौमायनः A patronymic of Buddha.
styāyanam स्त्यायनम् Collecting into a mass, crowding together, aggregation.
smayanam स्मयनम् A smile.
hayana हयनः A year. -नम् A covered carriage.
yana हायनः नम् a. A year; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टेः U.3. 28; Māl.4.8. -नः 1 A kind of rice. -2 A flame.
Macdonell Vedic Search
2 results
nirayaṇa nir-áyaṇa, n. exit, x. 135, 6 [nís out + áy-ana going: i go].
sūpāyana sūpāyaná, a. (Bv.) giving easy access, easily accessible, i. 1, 9 [sú + upá̄yana].
Macdonell Search
47 results
adhyayana n. [going to a teacher], study, reading (esp. of sacred books); learning from (ab.); -sampradâna, n. guidance in study; -½âdâna, n. receiving instruction from (ab.).
anadhyayana n. neglect of study.
anādyananta a. lacking begin ning or end.
ayana a. going, coming; n. going; way; course; certain Soma sacrifice lasting a year; sun's course from one solstice to an other; half-year; solstice; resting-place.
ānayana n. bringing near or back; procuring; producing; -itavya, fp. to be brought near.
uḍḍayana n. flying up, flight; -dâ mara, a. extraordinary; -dîna, n. flying up, flight; -dîyana, n. id.
udagayana n. sun's northern course; half year from winter to summer solstice; -âvritti, f. sun's turn to the north; -dasa, a. having the seam turned upward or northward; -dvâra, a. having a northern entrance.
udayana n. rise; end; m. N. of a king: &isharp;-ya, a. concluding.
unnayana n. raising; parting; in ference: -pa&ndot;kti, a. the rows of whose eyes are directed upwards.
upanāyana n. investiture.
upāyana n. approach; present, of fering: î-kri, make a present of.
ekahāyana a. (î) one year old; î, f. one-year-old cow; -helâ, f.: in. at one blow, at once.
ekāyana n. road passable by only one narrow path; meeting-place; absolute oneness; the one right way: î-bhâva, m. unanimity; î-bhû, become a centre of union for (g.).
kātyāyana m. pat. N. of a cele- brated sage; &isharp;, f. N. of Yâgñavalkya's wife; a. (î) derived from Kâtyâyana; î-ya, m. pl. school of Kâtyâyana; n. T. of various works.
kāpiśāyana n. kind of spirituous liquor.
gavāmayana n. N. of a sattra lasting a whole year; (m)-pati, m. bull (lord of cows); lord of rays, ep. of the sun or Agni.
yana m. public singer; n. song.
gopāyana a. protecting; n. pro tection.
cayana n. heaping up; layer of fuel; heap.
jayana a. (î) omnipotent.
yana n. succeeding, prospering.
dakṣiṇāyana n. southern path (i. e. to the realm of death); southerly course of the sun, the half-year in which the sun moves from north to south (from summer to winter solstice);commencement of the sun's southward course = summer solstice (in the month Áshâdha): -samkrânti, f. entrance of the sun on the southerly course, summer solstice.
dvihāyana a. (î) two years old; -hîna, pp. (devoid of the two, i. e. of m. and f.), of the neuter gender; n. neuter.
dvaipāyana m. Islander, ep. of Vyâsa; a. relating to Dvaipâyana.
dhanvāyana m. archer.
nayanagocara a. being with in range of the eye; -gokarî-kri, behold; -kandrikâ, f. moonlight to the eyes; -kar ita, n. play of the eyes; -gala, n. tears; -patha, m. range of the eye; -padavî, f. id.; -payas, n. tears; -vat, a. having eyes; -vâ ri, n. tears; -vishaya, m. range of the eye; -salila, n. tears; -subhaga, a. pleasing to the eye.
nayana n. bringing, conducting, leading to (--°ree;); eye (guiding organ): -tva, n. abst. n.
nyayana n. entry, gathering-place.
palāyana n. running away, flight, escape: -para, a. intent on flight.
yana n. causing to drink; â, f. moistening.
pratyayanam ad. every year.
pratyanantara a. being in the immediate neighbourhood of (g.); next in rank; m. next of kin, heir presumptive: -m, ad. immediately after (ab.); î-bhû, betake oneself close to (g.); -½anîka, a.(having one's face against), hostile, opposing (g.); prejudic ing, injuring; opposite; *rivalling; m. op ponent, enemy; n. hostile army; hostility, rivalry (sg. & pl.); retaliatory revilement of an enemy's following: -bhâva, m.condition of being the opposite; -½anumâna, n. counter or opposite inference; -½anuyoga, m. counter question; -½anta, m. boundary: pl. barbar ous tribes: -desa, m. frontier country; -½an tarî-bhû, betake oneself close to any one (*g.); -½antât, ad. to the end in each case; -½antika, a. situated on the frontier.
baudhāyana m. pat. N. of an ancient teacher: pl. his race; a. (î) relating to or composed by Baudhâyana: pl. school of Baudhâyana; î-ya, m. pl. a school of the Black Yagur-veda.
bhūyaḥpalāyana n. repeated flight.
bhūmyanantara a. immediately adjacent to one's country; m. prince of the adjacent country; -½ekadesa, m. one portion of territory.
layana n. rest, repose; place of rest.
vaiśaṃpāyana m. pat. (fr. vi sampa) N. of an ancient Vedic teacher (a pu pil of Vyâsa in E.); N. of a son of Sukanâsa, transformed into a parrot.
vyayana n. departure (RV.1); ex penditure, waste (C.).
śayana a. resting, sleeping (very rare); n. bed, couch; recumbency, sleep, re pose: -griha, n., -bhûmi, f. sleeping cham ber; -vâsas, n. sleeping garment; -sakhî, f. female bedfellow (of a woman); -½âvâsa, m. sleeping chamber.
śaraśayana n. couch formed of arrows for wounded warriors; -sayyâ, f. id.
śāṭyāyana m. (pat. fr. sâtya) N. of a teacher and legislator: -ka, n. doctrine or treatise of Sâtyâyana; i-n, m. pl. followers of Sâtyâyana.
śāṅkhāyana m. pat. (fr. sa&ndot;kha) N. of the author of a Brâhmana and two Sûtras: pl. his descendants; a. (î) relating to Sâ&ndot;khâyana; n. Sâ&ndot;khâyana's work.
sāṃkhyāyana m. [pat. fr. Sâm khya] N. of a teacher: pl. his school.
sīmantonnayana n. parting the hair (of a pregnant woman).
styāyana n. densification, accu mulation.
svastyayana n. sg. pl. auspicious progress, success, good luck; blessing, bene diction, congratulation: ac. w. vâkaya, ask for a blessing.
yana m. n. (--°ree; a. î) year; m. kind of red rice (rare); a. relating to the year, lasting a year, yearly (AV.); --°ree; a. lasting years (V., C.).
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
47 results0 results488 results
aṃsatraṃ somyānām # RV.8.17.14b; SV.1.275b.
aṃhomucaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ yajñiyānām (AVP. yajñānām) # AVś.19.42.4a; AVP.1.77.4a; TS.1.6.12.4b.
akṣatam asy ariṣṭam ilānnaṃ gopāyanam # śG.3.10.2. Cf. prec., akṣitam asi, akṣitir asi, and akṣito 'si.
akṣiśalyaḥ kṛṇutām āyanāya # AVP.4.14.6d.
agnayo vai trayī vidyā devayānaḥ panthā # TA.10.63.1; MahānU.22.1.
agnināgne brahmaṇā, ānaśe vyānaśe sarvam āyur vyānaśe # TB.1.1.7.2; 2.1.24. P: agnināgne brahmaṇā Apś.5.12.1. Probably metrical: see the separate pādas.
agnir ajahitaḥ praitu prathamo yajñiyānām # Mś.2.5.5.28a.
agnir gārhapatyānām # MS.2.6.6: 67.11; KS.15.5. See agnir gṛhapatīnām.
agnir gṛhapatīnām # VS.9.39; TS.1.8.10.1; śB.5.3.3.11. See agnir gārhapatyānām.
agnir daivīnāṃ (śB.Kś. ha daivīnāṃ) viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ (Mś. -yaṃ sunvan) yajamāno manuṣyāṇām # śB.3.7.4.10; Kś.6.4.3; Apś.11.19.8; Mś.2.3.6.17. P: agnir daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetā MS.3.9.8: 127.3; agnir ha daivīnām Kś.9.8.15. Cf. the ūha Apś.11.19.9.
agnir daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraeteme sunvanto yajamānā manuṣyāṇām # Mś.7.2.1.44. ūha of prec.
agniś cakṣuḥ pravayaṇaṃ rathasya # AVP.15.12.6d.
agniṣvāttāḥ pathibhir devayānaiḥ # VS.19.58b.
agnihotraṃ sāyaṃprātar gṛhāṇāṃ niṣkṛtiḥ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ yajñakratūnāṃ prāyaṇaṃ suvargasya lokasya jyotiḥ # TA.10.63.1; MahānU.22.1.
agne devānāṃ hotas tvaṃ devānāṃ hotāsy ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # JB.2.260.
agne pathaḥ kalpaya devayānān # AVś.11.1.36b. See next, and āviṣ patho.
agne patho devayānān kṛṇudhvam # VS.15.53b; TS.4.7.13.4b; 5.7.7.2b; KS.18.18b; śB.8.6.3.22. See āviṣ patho, and prec.
agne pṛthivīpate soma vīrudhāṃ pate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ pate viṣṇav āśānāṃ pate mitra satyānāṃ pate varuṇa dharmaṇāṃ pate maruto gaṇānāṃ patayo rudra paśūnāṃ pata indraujasāṃ pate bṛhaspate brahmaṇas pata ārucā roce 'haṃ rucā ruruce rocamānaḥ # TB.3.11.4.1. Cf. next, and agnir bhūtānām.
agne pṛthivyā adhipate vāyo 'ntarikṣasyādhipate savitaḥ prasavānām adhipate sūrya nakṣatrāṇām adhipate somauṣadhīnām adhipate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate mitra satyānām adhipate varuṇa dharmāṇām adhipata indra jyeṣṭhānām adhipate prajāpate prajānām adhipate devā deveṣu parākramadhvam # śś.4.10.1. P: agne pṛthivyā adhipate śś.4.18.3. Cf. prec., and agnir bhūtānām.
agnes tvā mātrayā jagatyai vartanyāgrayaṇasya vīryeṇa (KS. jagatyā vartanyā) devas tvā savitotṣṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai (KS. savitonnayatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyā asau) # TS.2.3.10.3; KS.11.7. P: agnes tvā mātrayā TS.2.3.11.4. See agneṣ ṭvā mātrayā.
agra eti yuvatir ahrayāṇā # RV.7.80.2c.
aṅkeneva nyānayāt # AVP.2.79.5d. See baddhveva.
aṅgirasāṃ tvā devānāṃ (Apś. devānāṃ vratapate; Kauś. devānām ādityānāṃ) vratenā dadhe (Apś. dadhāmi) # MS.1.6.1: 86.7; 1.6.2: 87.3; 1.6.5: 94.10; KS.7.13 (ter); 8.4; Apś.5.11.7; Mś.1.5.3.14; Kauś.70.6. Cf. ādityānāṃ tvā, and bhṛgūṇāṃ tvāṅgirasāṃ.
aṅgirasām ayanaṃ pūrvo agniḥ # AVś.18.4.8a.
aṅge-aṅge śociṣā śiśriyāṇam (AVP. -ṇaḥ) # AVś.1.12.2a; AVP.1.17.2a.
ajasreṇa bhānunā dīdyatam (TS. dīdyānam) # VS.11.28b; TS.4.1.3.1b; MS.2.7.2b: 76.14; KS.16.3b; śB.6.4.1.2.
atyā hiyānā na hetṛbhiḥ # RV.9.13.6a; SV.2.541a.
atho iṭa iva hāyanaḥ # AVś.6.14.3c. Cf. naḍam iva chindhi.
atho ye viśyānāṃ vadhāḥ # AVś.6.13.1c.
adhā ha tvad vṛṣamaṇo bhiyānāḥ # RV.4.22.6c.
adhi kṣami prataraṃ dīdhyānaḥ # RV.10.10.1d; AVś.18.1.1d. See asmin kṣaye.
anayā tvā diśā prajāpatinā devatayānāptena chandasā śiśiram ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.63; 2.63.
anu prayāṇam uṣaso vi rājati # RV.5.81.2d; AVś.7.73.6d; VS.12.3d; TS.4.1.10.4d; MS.2.7.8d: 84.15; 3.2.1: 15.3; KS.16.8d; śB.6.7.2.4; N.12.13d.
anu vrataṃ vratapā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.3.4.7d; 7.8d.
anuṣṭhuyā kṛṇuhy ahrayāṇa # RV.4.4.14d; TS.1.2.14.6d; MS.4.11.5d: 174.6; KS.6.11d; 16.1; N.5.15.
antarikṣān mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 118.2.
antar vidvāṃ adhvano devayānān # RV.1.72.7c.
annaṃ sāmrājyānām adhipati tan māvatu # TS.3.4.5.1; PG.1.5.10.
anyaṃ kṛṇuṣvetaḥ panthām # RV.10.142.7c. Cf. anyaṃ te asmat tapantu, and anyatrāsmad ayanā.
anyatrāsmad ayanā kṛṇuṣva # AVś.10.1.16b. Cf. under anyaṃ kṛṇu-.
anv avindañ chiśriyāṇaṃ (MS. śi-) vane-vane # RV.5.11.6b; SV.2.258b; VS.15.28b; TS.4.4.4.3b; MS.2.13.7b: 156.4; KS.39.14b; JB.3.62.
anv avindat pathibhir devayānaiḥ # AVś.19.27.9b. See yam indrānvavindan.
anvādīdhyāthām iha naḥ sakhāyā # TB.3.7.13.4b; TA.4.20.3b. See next, and manmā dīdhyānā.
apaśyaṃ tvā manasā dīdhyānām # RV.10.183.2a; ApMB.1.11.2a (ApG.3.8.10); MG.1.14.16a; VārG.16.1a. P: apaśyaṃ tvā Aś.4.6.3.
apāṃ ya ūrmau rasas tam aham asmā (KS. asmā amuṣmā) āmuṣyāyaṇāyaujase vīryāya (KS. kṣatrāya) gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15; TB.2.7.7.7.
apāṃ ya ūrmau rasas tenāham imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ojase kṣatrāyābhiṣiñcāmi # KS.36.15.
apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tayāham imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram āyuṣe dīrghāyutvāyābhiṣiñcāmi # KS.36.15.
apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tām aham asmā amuṣmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15. See apāṃ yo yajñiyo.
apāṃ yo dravaṇe rasas tam aham asmā (KS. asmā amuṣmā) āmuṣyāyaṇāya tejase brahmavarcasāya (KS. varcase) gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15; TB.2.7.7.7. P: apāṃ yo dravaṇe rasaḥ Apś.22.26.10.
apāṃ yo dravaṇe rasas tenāham imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejase brahmavarcasāyābhiṣiñcāmi # KS.36.15.
apāṃ yo madhyato (KS. madhye) rasas tam aham asmā (KS. asmā amuṣmā) āmuṣyāyaṇāya puṣṭyai (KS. prajāyai) prajananāya (KS. puṣṭyai) gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15; TB.2.7.7.7.
apāṃ yo madhye rasas tenāham imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ prajāyai puṣṭyā abhiṣiñcāmi # KS.36.5.
apāṃ yo yajñiyo rasas tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya gṛhṇāmi # TB.2.7.7.7. See apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tām.
apāṃ srotasyānām # AVś.19.2.4b; AVP.8.8.10b.
apānaś ca me 'suś ca me # KS.18.7. See vyānaś ca.
apānād vyānaṃ saṃtanu # MS.2.13.3: 153.9; TB.1.5.7.1; Apś.16.32.3. See prec.
apānāya vyānāya # AVś.6.41.2a.
apāṃ divyānāṃ sakhye carantam # RV.10.124.9b.
apām aha divyānām # AVś.19.2.4a; AVP.8.8.10a.
apām idaṃ nyayanam # RV.10.142.7a; AVś.6.106.2a; VS.17.7a; TS.4.6.1.3a; MS.2.10.1a: 131.12; KS.17.17a; śB.9.1.2.28a; Aś.2.12.2a; Apś.17.13.4; Mś.6.2.4.16; HG.1.18.5. P: apām idam Vait.29.13; Rvidh.4.11.2.
apām ugram ivāyanam # AVP.2.87.3b; Kauś.107.2b.
apāṃ pṛchāmy ayanāny agneḥ # AVP.13.7.4d.
apīvṛtam usriyāṇām anīkam # RV.1.121.4b.
apsarā jāram upasiṣmiyāṇā # RV.10.123.5a.
abhi kratvā manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.4.33.9b.
abhikhyātā marḍitā somyānām # RV.4.17.17b.
abhidhūnvatām abhighnatāṃ vātavatāṃ marutām ādityānāṃ sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.15.1. Cf. next.
abhibhavo 'yānam # MS.2.7.20: 105.14. See abhibhūr ayānām, and abhibhūr asy ayānām.
abhibhūr ayānām # TS.4.3.3.2; KS.39.7. See under abhibhavo 'yānām.
abhibhūr asi (VSK. asy ayānām, q.v.) # VS.10.28; VSK.11.8.3; TS.1.6.2.1; 10.1; MS.1.5.4: 71.6; 1.5.11: 79.21; 2.3.2: 29.12; KS.7.9; 12.2; śB.5.4.4.6; śś.8.17.3; Mś.5.2.1.13; Apś.6.18.2. P: abhibhūḥ KS.10.7; Kś.15.7.5.
abhibhūr asy ayānām # VSK.11.8.3. See under abhibhavo 'yānām.
abhi ṣyāma pṛtsutīr martyānām # RV.5.4.1d; TS.1.4.46.3d; KS.7.16d.
abhi svena payasā pīpyānāḥ # RV.7.36.6d.
abhyarakṣīd (Aś. -rākṣīd) āsmākaṃ punar āgamāt (Aś. punar āyanāt) # MS.1.5.14d: 84.10; Aś.2.5.12d.
amuṣya tvā prāṇam apidadhāmi # śB.4.1.1.18; Kś.9.4.32 (with vikāra, udānam, in 33); Apś.12.11.7. See idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya prāṇam.
amuṣya tvā prāṇāya gṛhṇe 'pānāya vyānāya samānāyodānāya # Kauś.3.15.
amuṣya tvā prāṇe sādayāmi # TS.6.4.5.6; TA.4.10.3; 5.8.7; Apś.12.11.7,9; 15.11.4. See idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya prāṇe, and cf. amuṣya tvā prāṇaṃ etc.
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi (10.10.5, āyur ni yachet; 10.10.6, āyur ādāya) # AVP.10.10.4--6. Cf. idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas, and tasyedaṃ varcas.
amṛta martyānām # RV.1.26.9b.
ayaṃ te śaryaṇāvati # RV.8.64.11a.
ayam asau (KS. asā āmuṣyāyaṇaḥ) # KS.23.5; ApMB.2.1.3.
arāyakṣayaṇam asy arāyacātanaṃ me dāḥ svāhā # AVś.2.18.3. P: arāyakṣayaṇam Kauś.8.25.
ariṣṭanemiṃ pari dyām iyānam # RV.1.180.10c.
arussrāṇam (AVP. arusyānam) idaṃ mahat # AVś.2.3.3b,5a; AVP.1.8.3a.
avardhata madhya (MS. madhyā) ā nāvyānām # RV.1.33.11b; MS.4.14.12b: 235.7; TB.2.8.3.4b.
avindac charyaṇāvati # see avindañ.
avindañ śaryaṇāvati (KS. -dac cha-) # MS.2.13.6c: 154.14; KS.39.12c. See tad vidac charyaṇāvati.
avyacasaś ca vyacasaś ca # AVś.19.68.1a. P: avyacasaś ca Kauś.139.10. Mss. avyasaś etc. Sāyaṇa, avyasaḥ avyacasaḥ, varṇalopaś chāndasaḥ.
avyanac ca vyanac ca sasni # RV.10.120.2c; AVś.5.2.2c; 20.107.5c; AVP.6.1.2c; SV.2.834c; JB.2.144; ā.1.3.4.7.
aśastibhyo arātibhyaḥ svastyayanam asi # SMB.2.6.19. Cf. svastyayanam asi.
aśmann ūrjaṃ parvate śiśriyāṇām # VS.17.1a; TS.4.6.1.1a; MS.2.10.1a: 131.1; 3.3.5: 37.11; KS.17.17a; 21.7; śB.9.1.2.5; Mś.6.2.4.8. P: aśmann ūrjam TS.5.4.4.1; Kś.18.2.1; Apś.17.12.4.
aśvinā gharmaṃ pātaṃ hārdvānam (MS. pibataṃ hārdrānum; TA. pātaṃ hārddivānam; Lś. pātam aharvyānam) # VS.38.12a; MS.4.9.9: 129.3; śB.14.2.2.20; TA.4.9.2a; 5.8.2a; śś.8.15.12a; Lś.5.7.4a. Ps: aśvinā gharmaṃ pātam Apś.15.10.11; Kś.26.6.7; aśvinā gharmam Mś.4.3.26. Cf. under apātām aśvinā gharmam.
aśvibhyāṃ tiroahniyānāṃ (Mś. tiro 'hnyānāṃ) somānām anubrūhi # Apś.14.4.7; Mś.2.5.3.23.
aśvibhyāṃ tiroahniyānāṃ somānāṃ preṣya # Apś.14.4.7.
aśvibhyāṃ tiro 'hnyānāṃ etc. # see aśvibhyāṃ tiroahniyānāṃ.
asāv āmuṣyāyaṇāmuṣyāḥ putra # AVś.4.16.9b. Cf. asāv amuṣya.
asitaṃ te pralayanam (TB. nilayanam) # AVś.1.23.3a; AVP.1.16.3a; TB.2.4.4.1a.
asitavarṇā harayaḥ suparṇāḥ # TS.3.1.11.4a; Apś.19.27.1. See kṛṣṇaṃ niyānaṃ.
astāri barhiḥ suprāyaṇatamam # RV.6.63.3b.
asmabhyaṃ sūryāvasū iyānaḥ # RV.7.68.3c.
asmin kṣaye pratarāṃ dīdyānaḥ # SV.1.340d. See adhi kṣami prataraṃ.
ahaṃ devānām uta martyānām # RV.10.88.15b; VS.19.47b; MS.2.3.8b: 36.14; KS.17.19b; 38.2b; śB.14.9.1.4b; TB.1.4.2.3b; 2.6.3.5b; Apś.19.3.5b.
ahann ahiṃ pariśayānam arṇaḥ # RV.3.32.11a; 4.19.2c; 6.30.4c; MS.4.14.18c: 248.16; KS.38.7c; TB.2.6.9.1c.
ahann ahiṃ parvate śiśriyāṇam # RV.1.32.2a; AVś.2.5.6a; AVP.12.12.2a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.9; TB.2.5.4.2a.
ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām ekapuṇḍarīkaṃ bhūyāsam # śB.14.9.3.14; BṛhU.6.3.14.
ahiṃ cid ugra prayutaṃ śayānam # RV.5.32.2c.
ahim ohānam apa āśayānam # RV.5.30.6c.
āgne vaha pathibhir devayānaiḥ # RV.5.43.6d.
āgrayaṇaś (MS.KS. āgrāyaṇaś) ca me vaiśvadevaś (KS. kṣullakavaiśvadevaś) ca me # VS.18.20; TS.4.7.7.1; MS.2.11.5: 143.5; KS.18.11.
āgrayaṇāt (MS.KS. āgrāyaṇāt) triṇavatrayastriṃśau # VS.13.58; TS.4.3.2.3; MS.2.7.19: 104.13; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.8.
āgrayaṇo 'si svāgrayaṇaḥ (MSṃś. āgrāyaṇo 'si svāgrāyaṇaḥ) # VS.7.20; TS.1.4.10.1; 11.1; MS.1.3.13: 35.9; śB.4.2.2.9; Mś.2.3.5.9.
ājyena pratyanajmy enat (Mś. -jmi tat) # TB.3.7.5.6c; Apś.2.19.6c; Mś.1.3.2.13c.
ātmā devānām uta mānuṣāṇām (JUB. martyānām) # AVś.7.111.1b; JUB.3.2.4a. See prec.
ātmānaṃ ta āgrāyaṇaḥ (Apś. āgra-) pātu # MS.4.8.7: 115.10; Apś.14.21.4. See āgrayaṇas te.
ātmā nārāyaṇaḥ paraḥ # TA.10.11.1b; MahānU.11.4d.
ā tvā vasavo rudrā ādityāḥ sadantu # VS.2.5; śB.1.3.4.12. P: ā tvā vasavaḥ Kś.2.8.11. Cf. vasūnāṃ rudrāṇām ādityānāṃ sadasi (and ... sado).
ādityānāṃ vasūnāṃ rudriyāṇām # RV.10.48.11a.
ādityānāṃ jagatī # TA.3.9.1. See jagaty ādityānam.
ādityānām ayanaṃ gārhapatyaḥ # AVś.18.4.8b.
ādityānām avasā nūtanena # RV.7.51.1a; TS.2.1.11.6a; MS.4.14.14a: 238.12; Aś.3.8.1; 5.7.13; Mś.11.7.3.2. Ps: ādityānām avasā TB.2.8.1.6; śś.8.1.4; ādityānām Lś.2.8.1. Designated as ādityadaivatam (sc. sūktam) Rvidh.2.26.3.
ādityānām ādityānāṃ sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.15.1.
ādityā bhāgaṃ vaḥ kariṣyāmy amum āmuṣyāyaṇam avagamayata # MS.2.2.1: 14.8; Mś.5.1.8.4. Cf. TS.2.3.1.1.
ādityāsaḥ pathibhir devayānaiḥ # TB.2.8.2.1b.
ād edhasyāna ācitam # RV.10.86.18d; AVś.20.126.18d.
ānaśe vyānaśe # TB.1.1.7.2b; 8.6; 2.1.24b; Apś.5.16.1a.
āntyāya (VSK. āntyāyanāya) bhauvanāya svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; 22.32; VSK.24.45; KS.14.1; śB.5.2.1.2.
āpiḥ pitā pramatiḥ somyānām # RV.1.31.16c; AVP.1.51.4c; Lś.3.2.7c.
ā pyāyasva sam etu te # RV.1.91.16a; 9.31.4a; VS.12.112a; TS.3.2.5.3a; 4.2.7.4a; MS.2.7.14a: 96.6; KS.16.14a; AB.1.17.1; 7.33.7; PB.1.5.8a; śB.7.3.1.46; Aś.1.10.5; 4.5.3; 5.6.27; 12.15; śś.7.5.17; 15.4; Apś.12.25.24; 14.28.1; 16.20.12; 19.11.9; Kauś.68.10a; KBU.2.8. Ps: āpyāyasva sam etu JG.2.9; ā pyāyasva TS.2.3.14.3; 5.12.1; 3.1.11.1; MS.4.13.10: 213.2; KS.35.13; GB.2.3.6; TB.3.5.12.1; 7.13.4; TA.6.6.2; śś.1.15.4; Vait.19.19; Lś.2.5.9; Kś.9.12.5; 17.3.16; Apś.13.20.8; Mś.2.4.1.46; 6.1.6.11; Kauś.68.9; HG.1.16.1; BDh.4.5.12; GDh.27.5; ParDh.11.32; VHDh.8.29; BṛhPDh.7.28; 9.305. Designated as āpīnavatī (sc. ṛk) AB.1.17.4; as āpyānavatī (sc. ṛk) śB.7.3.1.45; 2.1.
āyann āpo 'yanam ichamānāḥ # RV.3.33.7d.
āroha patho juhu devayānān # KS.31.14a; TB.3.7.6.8a; Apś.4.7.2a.
ārtavān (AVP. -vāṃ) uta hāyanān # AVś.3.10.9b; 11.6.17b; AVP.15.14.2b.
ā vavne martyānām # RV.5.74.7b.
āvir dhenā akṛṇod rāmyāṇām # RV.3.34.3d; AVś.20.11.3d; VS.33.26d.
āvir nidhīṃr akṛṇod usriyāṇām # RV.10.68.6d; AVś.20.16.6d.
āviṣ patho devayānān kṛṇuṣva (and kṛṇudhvam) # MS.2.12.4b (bis): 148.1,4. See under agne pathaḥ.
ā vītaye sadata pipriyāṇāḥ # RV.7.57.2d.
ā vo vṛṇe sumatiṃ yajñiyānām # RV.3.33.11d.
āskando 'yānām # TS.4.3.3.2; MS.2.7.20: 105.19; KS.39.7.
āsmākaṃ punarāgamāt (Aś. -āyanāt) # MS.1.5.14 (novies): 82.15; 83.1,3,5e,6,11,14,18e; 84.10e; KS.7.3d; Aś.2.5.2e,12e; Apś.6.24.3 (ter),4e,6 (ter); Mś.1.6.3.7; śG.3.6.2e.
iḍānāṃ putrā uta mitriyāṇām # AVP.5.16.5a.
iti kalyāṇam akuruthāḥ # Mś.9.2.2.7.
idam amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaje # MS.4.3.1: 39.12. Error for idam aham amuṣyāetc., q.v.
idam asya parāyaṇam (AVP. vivartanam) # AVś.10.4.7b; AVP.13.3.9b.
idam aham amuṃ viśo nirūhāmīdam asya rāṣṭraṃ nyubjāmi # JB.1.79. Cf. idam aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo, and others in the sequel of the present formula.
idam aham amuṃ viśy adhyūhāmi # JB.1.79 (bis). Cf. idam aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśy, and others in the sequel of the present formula.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ viśā paśubhir brahmavarcasena paryūhāmi # TA.4.3.3; 5.3.8; Apś.15.4.9. Cf. next, and idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena paryūhāmi # MS.4.9.1: 122.3. P: idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam Mś.4.1.28. Cf. under prec.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣya putram amuṣyāḥ putraṃ kāmāya dakṣiṇāṃ nayāmi # Kś.12.2.18.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣya putram amuṣyāṃ viśi sādayāmi # Apś.12.15.2; 16.5; 21.21. See next but one, and cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśy.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣya putram amuṣyā viśa udūhāmi (Apś.12.16.5, utkhidāmi) # Apś.12.15.2; 16.5; 21.21. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśo.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣya putraṃ prakṣiṇāmi # KS.21.7. See idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇam.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ śucā vidhyāmi # KS.34.18.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ tejasā brahmavarcasena samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.30,31; 2.30,31. Cf. under idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ viśā.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ niyunajmi # KS.29.8.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśi sādayāmi (KS. viśy adhyūhāmi) # MS.4.6.2: 79.11; 4.6.3: 81.13; KS.27.5. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśy.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo nirūhāmi (KS. viśa udūhāmi) # MS.4.6.2: 79.10; 4.6.3: 81.11; KS.27.5. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśo.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram indravajreṇābhinidadhāmi # MS.4.7.9: 106.3; Mś.5.2.12.12. See next but two.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ūrjā paśubhis samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.34,35; 2.34,35. Cf. next but two.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram ojasā vīryeṇa samardhayāmi (and vyardhayāmi) # KA.1.32,33; 2.32,33.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam indrasya vajreṇābhinidadhāmi # Apś.14.6.12. See prec. but two.
idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ prajayā paśubhiḥ paryūhāmi # MS.4.9.1: 122.5. Cf. prec. but two.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣmāt putram amuṣyāṃ diśi prakṣiṇāmi # MS.3.3.5: 37.18. See idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣya putraṃ prakṣiṇāmi.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam apidadhāmi # MS.2.6.1: 64.8; 4.3.1: 39.13; KS.15.1; Apś.18.8.13; Mś.9.1.1.17.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya kṣetriyam avayaje # MS.2.6.1: 64.7; KS.15.1; Apś.18.8.13; Mś.9.1.1.17. See idam amuṣyā-.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya pāpmānam ava (ApMB. apa) gūhāmi # HG.1.9.18; ApMB.2.7.12 (ApG.5.12.5).
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya (MSṃś. amuṣya) prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # MS.1.4.2: 48.17; 1.4.7: 55.3; Mś.1.4.3.12; Apś.4.15.3.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya prāṇam apidadhāmi # MS.4.5.5: 71.11. See next but one, and amuṣya tvā prāṇam etc.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya prāṇe sādayāmi # MS.4.5.5: 71.13. See amuṣya tvā prāṇe etc.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya śucā prāṇam api dahāmi # TA.5.10.6; Apś.15.16.4. See under prec. but one.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyānnādyaṃ harāmi # TS.3.4.8.5.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāyuḥ prakṣiṇomi # Apś.17.12.6.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāyuḥ pravartayāmi # MS.4.6.6: 87.17; Apś.12.16.7.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmi # MS.2.1.9: 11.7. P: idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya Mś.5.1.7.25.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyendriyaṃ vīryaṃ vṛñje # KS.34.8.
idam aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyā viśo 'muṣmād annādyān nirūhāmi # PB.6.6.2. P: idam aham amum (! cf. comm.) Lś.1.10.10. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśo.
idam aham amuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy amuṣminn annādye 'dhyūhāmi # PB.6.6.3. P: idam aham imam (! cf. comm.) Lś.1.10.6. Cf. under idam aham amuṃ viśy.
idam aham ādityān badhnāmy amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāvagamāya # KS.11.6. See next.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānāv apakṛntāmi # Kauś.44.31.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānāv apyāyachāmi # Kauś.47.22.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya prāṇāpānau nikhanāmi # Kauś.44.33.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.10.5.36. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
idaṃ pūrvam aparaṃ niyānam # AVś.18.4.44a. P: idaṃ pūrvam Kauś.80.35.
inatamam āptyam (AVś.5.2.7b, āptam) āptyānām # RV.10.120.6b; AVś.5.2.7b; 20.107.9b; AVP.6.1.6b; N.11.21b.
indur hiyānaḥ sotṛbhiḥ # RV.9.30.2a; 107.26b.
indra ud āvat patim aghnyānām # RV.10.102.7c.
indravāyū suṣṭutir vām iyānā # RV.7.91.2c.
indrā gahi prathamo yajñiyānām # RV.6.41.1d; TB.2.4.3.13d.
indre saho devajūtam iyānāḥ # RV.7.25.5b.
indro jyeṣṭhānām (MS.KS. jyaiṣṭhyānām; VS.śB. jyaiṣṭhyāya) # VS.9.39; TS.1.8.10.2; 3.4.5.1; MS.2.6.6: 67.11; KS.15.5; śB.5.3.3.11; PG.1.5.10.
indro nṛbhir ajanad dīdyānaḥ # RV.3.31.15c; TB.2.7.13.3c.
indro mahāṃ sindhum āśayānam # RV.2.11.9a.
imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśy avagamayata # KS.11.6. See next.
imam indra vardhaya kṣatriyaṃ me (TB. kṣatriyāṇām) # AVś.4.22.1a; AVP.3.21.1a; TB.2.4.7.7a; Kauś.14.24; 17.28.
imāṃ diśaṃ manuṣyāṇām # TA.6.9.1c.
iyaṃ dhīr bhūyā avayānam eṣām # RV.1.185.8c.
iyānaḥ kṛṣṇo daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # RV.8.96.13b; AVś.20.137.7b; KS.28.4b; TA.1.6.3b. See īyānaḥ etc.
iha prayāṇam astu vām # RV.4.46.7a.
ihaiva kṣemya edhi mā prahāsīr (Apś. -hāsīn) mām amum āmuṣyāyaṇam (Aś. prahāsīr amuṃ māmuṣyāyaṇam; Apś. māmum āmuṣyāyaṇam) # MS.1.8.9: 128.16; Aś.3.12.7; Apś.9.7.6; Mś.3.3.6 (7).
īyānaḥ kṛṣṇo daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # SV.1.323b. See iyānaḥ etc.
īrmābhyām ayanaṃ jātam # AVś.10.10.21a.
īśānaṃ vāryāṇām # RV.1.5.2b; 24.3b; AVś.20.68.12b; SV.2.91b; TS.3.5.11.3b; MS.4.10.3b: 148.1; KS.15.12b; JB.1.226b. Cf. īśānā etc., and īśe yo vā-.
īśānaḥ sarvavidyānām īśvaraḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ brahmādhipatir brahmaṇo 'dhipatir brahmā śivo me astu sadā śivom # TA.10.47.1; MahānU.17.5; NṛpU.1.6. Cf. īśvarīṃ.
īśānā vāryāṇām # RV.10.9.5a; AVś.1.5.4a; AVP.1.1.4a; MS.4.9.27a: 139.9; TB.2.5.8.5a; TA.4.42.4a. Cf. under īśānaṃ etc.
īśe yo vāryāṇām # RV.8.71.13b. Cf. under īśānaṃ vā-.
uta vā martyānām # RV.10.33.8b.
utendra śaryaṇāvati # RV.8.6.39b.
uto nu kṛtvyānāṃ nṛvāhasā # RV.8.25.23c.
uttānāyāṃ śayānāyām (śś. uttānāyai śayānāyai) # AVś.20.133.4a; śś.12.22.1,4a.
uttānāyai śayānāyai # see uttānāyāṃ etc.
ut tūrvayāṇaṃ dhṛṣatā ninetha # RV.6.18.13d. P: ut tūrvayāṇaṃ dhṛṣatā śś.14.49.3.
udakasyedam ayanam # AVP.5.20.2a.
udānavyānau me pāhi # VSK.2.3.8; TS.1.6.3.3; Kś.3.4.30. See prec., and cf. samānavyānau etc.
ud usriyāṇām asṛjan nidānam # RV.6.32.2d.
udyānaṃ te puruṣa nāvayānam # AVś.8.1.6a.
upāṃśusavanas te vyānaṃ pātu (Aś. pātv asau) # Aś.6.9.3; Apś.14.21.4. See vyānaṃ ta.
ubhayeṣāṃ tvā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ priyāṃ (Mś. also priyaṃ) karomi # MS.4.2.13: 37.3; Mś.9.5.6.23.
uru jyotir vividur dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.90.4b.
ūrvād devānām uta martyānām # RV.4.12.5b; MS.4.11.1b: 162.9; KS.2.15b.
ṛtaṃ śaṃsanta ṛju dīdhyānāḥ # RV.10.67.2a; AVś.20.91.2a.
ṛtaṃ satyaṃ vijigyānaṃ vivācanam anto vāco vibhuḥ sarvasmād uttaraṃ jyotir ūdhar aprativādaḥ pūrvaṃ sarvaṃ vāk parāg arvāk sapru salilaṃ dhenu pinvati # ā.5.3.2.1.
ṛtasya pade adhi dīdyānam # RV.4.5.9c.
ṛbhūṇām ādityānāṃ sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.15.1.
ṛṣir brahmabhya āgrayaṇam # AVP.4.40.4c.
ekaṃ niyānaṃ bahavo rathāsaḥ # RV.10.142.5b.
ejad dhruvaṃ madhya ā pastyānām # RV.1.164.30b; AVś.9.10.8b.
etad asya parāyaṇam # TA.1.8.4b.
etāṃ diśam anavānan sṛtvā kumbhaṃ prakṣīyānapekṣamāṇa ehi # śB.13.8.3.4.
ete vaḥ somakrayaṇāḥ # VS.4.27; TS.1.2.7.1; MS.1.2.5: 14.12; KS.2.6; śB.3.3.3.11.
ete vai sapta ṛṣayo yat prāṇāpānavyānāḥ # AVP.9.21.7.
evam ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # AG.1.22.21c; PG.2.4.2c; MG.1.22.17c; VārG.5.27c.
eṣa panthā vitato devayānaḥ # śś.15.17a. See prec. but one.
eha yātaṃ pathibhir devayānaiḥ # RV.1.183.6c; 184.6c; 3.58.5c.
ka u śravat katamo yajñiyānām # RV.4.43.1a; śś.17.8.7. P: ka u śravat Aś.4.15.2; śś.6.6.6. Cf. BṛhD.5.3.
kakun manuṣyāṇām # AVś.6.86.3b.
kaṇvaṃ baudhāyanaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.14.
kaliḥ śayāno bhavati (śś. śayānaḥ puruṣaḥ) # AB.7.15.4a; śś.15.19a.
kavir abhraṃ dīdyānaḥ # RV.10.20.4c.
dīptiḥ kiṃ parāyaṇam # TA.1.8.3b.
kāyamāno (Mś. kāmayamāno) vanā tvam # RV.3.9.2a; SV.1.53a; N.4.14a; Mś.3.8.1a. Sāyaṇa at RV., kāyamāno = kāmayamāno.
kāṣṭhāyā madhye drughaṇaṃ śayānam # RV.10.102.9b; N.9.24b.
kṛṇuṣva panthām udayānam ūrmibhiḥ # AVP.2.40.2c.
kṛtam ayānām # TS.4.3.3.1; 5.2.10.7; MS.2.7.20: 105.1; KS.39.7.
kṛṣṇaṃ niyānaṃ harayaḥ suparṇāḥ # RV.1.164.47a; AVś.6.22.1a; 9.10.22a; 13.3.9a; MS.4.12.5a: 193.7; KS.11.9a,13a; Aś.2.13.7; N.7.24a. P: kṛṣṇaṃ niyānam Vait.9.5; Mś.5.2.6.20. Designated as kṛṣṇa-mantra VHDh.5.481; 6.356. See asitavarṇā.
kṛṣyāṃ kṣetra ṛṣayo janyānajuḥ # AVP.5.29.7c.
ko apānaṃ vyānam u # AVś.10.2.13b.
kratvā rathīr abhavo vāryāṇām # RV.6.5.3b.
kravyād yātūnāṃ śayane śayānam # AVś.5.29.8b,9b. Cf. prec.
kriyāvantam adhīyānam # śG.1.2.6a.
kṣarann āpo na pāyanāya rāye # RV.1.116.9c.
kṣetriyaṃ tvā vyānaśe # AVś.3.7.6b; AVP.3.2.5b.
gambhīraiḥ pathibhiḥ pitṛyāṇaiḥ # AVś.18.4.62b.
gambhīraiḥ pathibhiḥ pūrvyaiḥ (AVś. pūryāṇaiḥ) # AVś.18.4.63b; TS.1.8.5.2b; HG.2.10.5b; 13.2b. See prec. but one.
gira ā vakṣat sumatīr iyānaḥ # RV.10.20.10c.
gṛdhraṃ hastyāyanam # AVP.6.14.2e.
ghṛtenāñjan saṃ patho devayānān # VS.29.2a; TS.5.1.11.1a; KSA.6.2a. See tanūnapāt saṃ.
cakṣur devānām uta martyānām (AVś. mānuṣāṇām) # AVś.4.14.5b; AVP.3.38.3b; VS.17.69b; TS.4.6.5.2b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.4; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.28.
cared evā traihāyaṇāt # AVś.12.4.16a.
cikituṣī prathamā yajñiyānām # RV.10.125.3b; AVś.4.30.2b.
citra ādityānām # MS.3.14.20: 177.1. See śvitra.
jagaty ādityānām (GB.Vait. ādityānāṃ patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.5; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3. See ādityānāṃ jagatī.
jarasā śatahāyanaḥ # AVś.8.2.8d.
jāmiṃ (KS. cami, read jāmiṃ) mā hiṃsīr amuyā (Mś. anu yā) śayānā (KS. -nām) # KS.31.14b; TB.3.7.5.13b; Apś.3.13.5b; Mś.1.3.5.26b. See mā jāmiṃ.
jīvato-jīvato 'yanam # AVś.5.30.7d; AVP.9.13.7d.
ta ā viśanti puruṣaṃ śayānam # AVP.9.12.4a.
taṃ gacha tatra te 'yanam # AVś.10.1.8c.
tattvaṃ nārāyaṇaḥ paraḥ # TA.10.11.1d; MahānU.11.4b.
tatrāpi bhakṣīyāmum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram # AVP.2.37.4.
tad ū ṣu vām ajiraṃ ceti yānam # RV.4.43.6c.
tad vidac charyaṇāvati # RV.1.84.14c; AVś.20.41.2c (vulgate, erroneously, yad vidac); SV.2.264c; JB.3.64c; TB.1.5.8.1c. See avindañ śarya-.
tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam # RV.1.22.20a; AVś.7.26.7a; SV.2.1022a; VS.6.5a; TS.1.3.6.2a; 4.2.9.3a; MS.1.2.14a: 24.3; 3.9.4: 118.11; KS.3.3a; 26.5; śB.3.7.1.18a; Apś.7.11.4; 16.26.4; Mś.1.8.2.24; ViDh.64.20; LVyāsaDh.2.21,42,44; GopālU.1a; NṛpU.5.10a; Vāsū.4.1a; SkandaU.15a; MuktiU.2.77a; āruṇU.5a. P: tad viṣṇoḥ Kś.6.3.13; VHDh.5.568; 7.187,192; 8.6,62,246; BṛhPDh.5.251; 9.60,216; śaṅkhaDh.7.30,31; Rvidh.1.17.7. Cf. Rāmāyaṇa 6.41.25.
tanūnapāt patha ṛtasya yānān # RV.10.110.2a; AVś.5.12.2a; VS.29.26a; MS.4.13.3a: 201.10; KS.16.20a; TB.3.6.3.1a; N.8.6a.
tanūnapāt saṃ patho devayānān # MS.3.16.2a: 183.14. See ghṛtenāñjan.
tan no dhyānaḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.13.
tan mitra eti pathibhir devayānaiḥ # TB.3.1.2.1c.
tan me mā vyanaśat # Kauś.56.6,7.
tam indrāya pathibhir devayānaiḥ # AVś.9.4.3c.
taṃ pratnāsa ṛṣayo dīdhyānāḥ # RV.4.50.1c; AVś.20.88.1c; MS.4.12.5c: 193.4; KS.9.19c.
tayemam amum amauktam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso 'mauktam) # MS.2.3.1: 28.2; KS.11.11.
tayemam amuṃ muñcatam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso muñcatam) # MS.2.3.1 (quater): 27.15,17,18,19; KS.11.11.
tava trāmabhir indra tūrvayāṇam # RV.1.53.10b; AVś.20.21.10b.
tasmād amuṃ nirbhajāmo 'mum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram asau yaḥ # AVś.16.8.1--27.
tasya prāṇo bhauvāyanaḥ # VS.13.54; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 103.15; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.5.
tasyedaṃ varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.16.8.1--27. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
tāṃ tvā vidma śabali (JB. sarame) dīdyānām # JB.2.258; PB.21.3.7; Apś.22.17.10.
me aśvyānām # RV.8.25.23a.
tāsāṃ viśiśnānām (KS. viśiśnyānām) # MS.1.11.4c: 165.16; KS.14.3c. See teṣāṃ viśipriyāṇām.
tiras tamo dadṛśe rāmyāṇām # RV.7.9.2d.
tisras turyauhyaḥ sādhyānām # TS.5.6.17.1; KSA.9.7.
tubhyaṃ giro vipravīrā iyānāḥ # RV.10.104.1c.
tubhyam agre pary avahan (VārG. paryaṇayam) # RV.10.85.38a; AVś.14.2.1a; PG.1.7.3a; ApMB.1.5.3a,8,13 (ApG.2.5.7,9,10); VārG.14.20a. P: tubhyam agre Kauś.78.10. See tubhyam agne etc.
turyāma martyānām # RV.5.9.6d.
tṛptā yāta pathibhir devayānaiḥ # RV.7.38.8d; VS.9.18d; 21.11d; TS.1.7.8.2d; 4.7.12.2d; MS.1.11.2d: 162.13; KS.13.14d; śB.5.1.5.24d.
tṛpto me prāṇas tṛpto me vyānas tṛpto me 'pānaḥ # KS.37.15.
te devā asapatnam imaṃ suvadhvam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram amuṣyāṃ viśi mahate kṣatrāya mahate jānarājyāya # MS.2.6.6: 67.12; amum āmuṣyāyaṇam ... mahate jānarājyāya (with the first part of the formula understood) Mś.9.1.2.24. See next, and ye devā devasuva.
te dhāmāny amṛtā martyānām # RV.8.101.6c.
tebhir yāhi pathibhir devayānaiḥ # AVś.18.4.2c.
te 'vindan manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.10.181.3a.
teṣāṃ vayaṃ sumatau yajñiyānām # RV.10.14.6c; AVś.6.55.3c; 18.1.58c; VS.19.50c; TS.2.6.12.6c; 5.7.2.4c; KS.13.15c (bis); Mś.1.6.4.21c; SMB.2.1.12c; PG.3.2.2d; N.11.19c. See under tasya vayaṃ sumatau.
teṣāṃ viśipriyāṇām (VS.śB. -ṇāṃ vo 'ham) # VS.9.4c; TS.1.7.12.2d; śB.5.1.2.8c. See tāsāṃ viśiśnānām.
teṣām ajyāniṃ (Mś. ajyānaṃ) yatamo vahāti (KSṃś. yatamo na āvahāt) # AVś.6.55.1c; KS.13.15c; Mś.1.6.4.21c. See teṣāṃ yo.
te satyena manasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.90.5a; AB.5.20.8; KB.26.8; Aś.8.11.1. P: te satyena śś.10.9.4. Cf. BṛhD.6.18 (B).
tair me kṛtaṃ svastyayanam # AVś.19.9.12c.
tyaṃ cid arṇaṃ madhupaṃ śayānam # RV.5.32.8a.
tyaṃ cid itthā katpayaṃ śayānam # RV.5.32.6a; N.6.3.
trayaḥ panthānas sukṛtā devayānā # JB.2.73a.
tvaṃ viśo anayo dīdyānaḥ # RV.6.1.7c; MS.4.13.6c: 207.3; KS.18.20c; TB.3.6.10.3c.
tvaṃ vṛtram āśayānaṃ sirāsu # RV.1.121.11c.
tvaṃ kalyāṇa vasu viśvam opiṣe # RV.1.31.9d.
tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'sy ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # JG.1.2. See tvaṃ deveṣu brāhmaṇo 'sy.
tvaṃ panthā bhavasi devayānaḥ # MS.2.13.22b: 167.16; KS.40.12b; TB.2.4.2.6b; Apś.9.8.6b.
tvaṃ prati pravata āśayānam # RV.4.17.7c.
tvayāgne kāmam ahaṃ jayāmi # Mś.1.6.1.4c. See tayānantaṃ.
tvayā vayaṃ sumatau yajñiyānām # JG.2.3c. See under tasya vayaṃ sumatau.
dakṣiṇānām ayanaṃ dakṣiṇāgniḥ # AVś.18.4.8c.
dado maghāni maghavann iyānaḥ # RV.7.29.1d.
dame-dame suṣṭutir (AVś.KS. suṣṭutyā; TS. suṣṭutīr; MS. suṣṭutī) vām iyānā (TSṃS.KS. vāvṛdhānā; AVś. -nau) # AVś.7.29.2c; TS.1.8.22.1c; MS.4.11.2c: 166.1; KS.4.16c; Aś.2.8.3c; śś.2.4.3c.
daśa māsāñ chaśayānaḥ # RV.5.78.9a; ApMB.2.11.17a (ApG.6.14.14).
dānāya vāryāṇām # RV.8.71.11b; SV.2.905b.
dānuṃ śayānaṃ sa janāsa indraḥ # RV.2.12.11d; AVś.20.34.11d; AVP.12.15.1d.
divaṃ proṣṭhinīm (Mś. proṣṭhanīm [?]) āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām # Apś.18.6.4; Mś.7.1.3.18.
divo mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyopānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 118.6.
dīkṣito 'yam asā āmuṣyāyaṇaḥ (Mś. -āyaṇaḥ, amuṣya putraḥ, amuṣya pautraḥ, amuṣya naptā) # MS.3.6.9: 72.1; Mś.2.1.2.23. See next, and adīkṣiṣṭāyaṃ.
duvasyanti svasāro ahrayāṇam # RV.1.62.10d.
duścitaṃ mṛditaṃ śayānam # AVś.11.10.26b.
dūto devānām asi martyānām # RV.10.4.2c; N.5.1.
dṛtiṃ na śuṣkaṃ sarasī śayānam # RV.7.103.2b.
devadrīcā manasā dīdhyānaḥ # RV.1.163.12b; VS.29.23b; TS.4.6.7.5b; KSA.6.3b.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā (sc. savituḥ etc.) brahmaṇe (also brahmaṇe juṣṭaṃ) prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
devā āhutyānayā # AVś.11.10.12b.
devāṃ achā dīdyānaḥ sumedhāḥ # RV.3.15.5b.
devānām uta yo martyānām # RV.6.15.13c; MS.4.13.10c: 213.15; TB.3.5.12.1c.
devānāṃ pitṝṇāṃ martyānām # AVś.11.1.5b.
devā yāta pathibhir devayānaiḥ # RV.4.37.1b.
devebhyo bhavata (TB. bhavatha) suprāyaṇāḥ # RV.10.110.5d; AVś.5.12.5d; VS.29.30d; MS.4.13.3d: 202.4; KS.16.20d; TB.3.6.3.3d; N.8.10d.
devo devebhyo devayānān # MS.2.12.6b: 149.16. See next but one.
dyutadyubhir namasyair iyāṇā # MS.4.14.7c: 225.16. See mitajñubhir.
dvāparo 'yānām # TS.4.3.3.2; MS.2.7.20: 105.10; KS.39.7.
dvāro devīḥ suprāyaṇā bhavantu (RV. namobhiḥ) # RV.2.3.5b; VS.29.5d; TS.5.1.11.2d; MS.3.16.2d: 184.7; KSA.6.2d.
dve viṃśatiśate ukthyānām # GB.1.5.23b; Vait.31.15b.
dhyānaṃ nārāyaṇaḥ paraḥ # TA.10.11.1b; MahānU.11.5b.
nakṣat kāmaṃ martyānām asinvan # RV.7.39.6b.
nadaṃ na bhinnam amuyā śayānam # RV.1.32.8a; AVP.12.12.8a.
namaḥ kiṃśilāya ca kṣayaṇāya (MS. kṣeṇāya) ca # VS.16.43; TS.4.5.9.1; MS.2.9.8: 126.7; KS.17.15.
namas ta (MSṃś. tā) āyudhāya # VS.16.14a; MS.2.9.2a: 121.16; BṛhPDh.9.115. P: namas tā āyudhāyānātatāya Mś.11.7.1.4. See namas te astv āyudhāya, and namāṃsi.
namas te vidma te kāsanāyanam # AVP.1.45.4a.
namaḥ sūryāya rohitāya divyānām adhipataye svāhā # HG.2.16.4.
namo viṣṇave gaurāya diśyānām adhipataye svāhā # HG.2.16.4.
narā nṛtū janiman yajñiyānām # RV.6.63.5d.
naśad abhi draviṇaṃ dīdhyānaḥ # RV.4.23.4b.
na sa pitṛyāṇam (AVP. pitṝṇām) apy eti lokam # AVś.5.18.13d; AVP.9.17.3d.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi dīdhyānāḥ # AVś.18.2.47d.
nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya (TA.3.12.7d, panthā ayanāya vidyate) # VS.31.18d; TS.3.12.7d; 13.1d; śvetU.3.8d; 6.15d.
nāvaś caranti svasica iyānāḥ # VS.10.19b; TS.1.8.14.2d; śB.5.4.2.5. See nāvo viyanti.
ni duroṇe amṛto martyānām # RV.3.1.18a.
nidhanavata āgrayaṇaḥ (MS.KS. āgrā-) # VS.13.58; TS.4.3.2.3; MS.2.7.19: 104.13; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.8.
nidhir eṣa manuṣyāṇām # śG.1.2.8c.
niśīrya śalyānāṃ mukhā (KS. mukham) # AVP.14.4.4c; VS.16.13c; TS.4.5.1.4c; KS.17.11c; NīlarU.14c. See praśīrya.
netā sindhūnāṃ vṛṣabha stiyānām # RV.7.5.2b.
neha tardāyanaṃ tava # AVP.5.20.2d.
pañcāvīs (KSA. -vyas) tisra ādityānām # TS.5.6.16.1; KSA.9.6.
patiṃ vo aghnyānām # RV.8.69.2c; SV.2.862c; ā.1.3.5.4; 5.1.6.5.
patho devatrāñjaseva yānān # RV.10.73.7d.
panthā ādityānām # RV.8.18.2b.
panthām anu pravidvān pitṛyāṇam # RV.10.2.7c; Apś.24.13.3c.
paridhir manuṣyāṇām # AVś.12.2.44b.
parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇām # VS.6.6; śB.3.7.1.21. See next two.
paścān nirayaṇaṃ kṛtam # RV.10.135.6d.
pākasthāmā kaurayāṇaḥ # RV.8.3.21b; N.5.15.
pitā vatsānāṃ patir aghnyānām # AVś.9.4.2c,4a; TS.3.3.9.2a; MS.2.5.10a: 61.16; 4.2.10a: 33.17; KS.13.9a; ViDh.86.13. P: pitā vatsānām Mś.9.5.6.16.
puṇyāhaṃ svastyayanam (JG.ApDh. svasty) ṛddhim # HG.1.1.6; 7.22; 8.7; 9.8; 17.6; 26.15; 27.1; 28.1; 2.1.3; 2.2; 4.10; 5.2; 6.2; 17.13; JG.2.6; ApDh.1.4.13.9.
putro na hvāryāṇām # RV.5.9.4b.
punar gavām adadād usriyāṇām # RV.5.30.11d.
punar vyānam uta soma dhehi # AVP.2.80.1b.
puṣṭiṃ so aghnyānām # AVś.9.4.19c.
pūrvīr eko adhayat pīpyānāḥ # RV.3.1.10b.
pūṣann ekarṣe yama sūrya prājāpatya vyūha raśmīn samūha tejo yat te rūpaṃ kalyāṇatamaṃ tat te paśyāmi # VSK.40.16.
pṛthivyā mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya # MS.2.8.14: 117.18.
prajānatīḥ pathibhir devayānaiḥ # AVś.12.2.41b.
prajāpatiṃ prathamaṃ yajñiyānām # MS.4.14.1a: 215.17; TB.2.8.1.4a; Apś.20.20.9a.
prati prayāṇam asurasya vidvān # RV.5.49.2a.
pra me patiyānaḥ panthāḥ kalpatām # SMB.1.1.8; GG.2.1.20; JG.1.20.
pra me panthā devayānā adṛśran # RV.7.76.2a.
pra yantu sadasyānām # śB.4.2.1.29; Kś.9.11.3; Apś.12.23.13.
praśīrya śalyānāṃ mukham # MS.2.9.2c: 122.2. See niśīrya.
prastutaṃ viṣṭutaṃ saṃstutaṃ kalyāṇaṃ viśvarūpam # TB.3.10.1.2. P: prastutaṃ viṣṭutam TB.3.10.9.7; 10.2; Apś.19.12.5.
pra hiṇomi pathibhiḥ pitṛyāṇaiḥ # AVś.12.2.10b.
prācī ca pratīcī ca vasūnāṃ rudrāṇām ādityānām # TS.4.4.11.2; KS.22.5.
prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāḥ # VS.17.15a; TS.4.6.1.4a; MS.2.10.1a: 132.13; śB.9.2.1.17. Ps: prāṇadā apānadāḥ TS.5.4.5.3; MS.3.3.6: 39.12; KS.21.7; Apś.17.13.6; Mś.6.2.4.20; prāṇadāḥ Kś.18.3.8. See next but one.
prāṇadā vyānadā apānadāḥ # KS.17.17a. P: prāṇadā vyānadāḥ KS.21.7. See prec. but one.
prāṇam apānaṃ vyānam udānaṃ samānaṃ tān vāyave # TB.3.4.1.18.
prāṇaś ca me 'pānaś (KS. vyānaś) ca me # VS.18.2; TS.4.7.1.1; MS.2.11.2: 140.12; KS.18.7.
prāṇād apānaṃ (KS. vyānaṃ) saṃtanu # MS.2.13.3: 153.9; KS.39.7; TB.1.5.7.1; Apś.16.32.3; Mś.6.2.2.17; MG.1.11.15.
prāṇād vyānaṃ etc. # see prec. but one.
prāṇāpānavyānodānasamānāḥ saprāṇā śvetavarṇā sāṅkhyāyanasagotrā (!) gāyatrī caturviṃśatyakṣarā tripadā ṣaṭkukṣiḥ pañcaśīrṣopanayane viniyogaḥ # Tā.10.35.
prāṇāpānau janayann ād vyānam # AVś.11.5.24c. P: prāṇāpānau janayan GB.1.2.8 (bis).
prāṇāya vyānāyāpānāya # TS.5.5.5.4.
prāṇo apāno vyānaḥ # AVś.8.2.46a.
prāyaścittair anudhyānaiḥ # GB.2.2.5a.
prāsya pāraṃ navatiṃ nāvyānām # RV.1.121.13c.
prāsyāḥ patiyānaḥ panthāḥ kalpatām # SMB.1.1.9. P: prāsyāḥ GG.2.1.21; JG.1.20.
priyaṃ rājan priyatamaṃ priyāṇām # TB.3.1.1.3b.
priyaṃ tvā priyāṇām # TS.7.4.12.1; KSA.4.1; TB.3.9.6.1.
priyaṃ priyāṇāṃ kṛṇavāma # AVś.12.3.49a. P: priyaṃ priyāṇām Kauś.62.19.
priyāṇāṃ tvā priyapatiṃ havāmahe (KSA. adds vaso mama) # VS.23.19; MS.3.12.20: 166.11; KSA.4.1. P: priyāṇām Kś.20.6.13.
priye dhriyadhvam udayānam undatīḥ # AVP.2.40.3a.
priyo devānām uta somyānām # RV.10.16.8b; AVś.18.3.53b; TA.6.1.4b.
preṣṭham u priyāṇām # RV.8.103.10a.
prehi pra hara vā dāvān # Kauś.46.54a. P: prehi pra hara Kauś.46.53. Designated as kāpiñjalāni svastyayanāni Kauś.46.53,54.
prehi-prehi pathibhiḥ pūrvyebhiḥ (AVś. pūryāṇaiḥ) # RV.10.14.7a; AVś.18.1.54a; MS.4.14.16a: 242.12; Aś.6.10.19; AG.4.4.6. Ps: prehi-prehi Mś.8.19.5; prehi MS.4.9.18: 135.10. Cf. BṛhD.6.158 (B).
baddhveva nyānayat (AVP. -yāt) # AVś.7.38.5d; AVP.3.29.6d. See aṅkeneva.
bṛhaspatir devānāṃ (śś. daivo) brahmāhaṃ manuṣyāṇām (śś. mānuṣaḥ) # VSK.2.3.3; TB.3.7.6.3; śś.4.6.9; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2. See bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (TS.Apś. -tis tvā) sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya (MS. adds vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya) # TS.4.4.6.1; MS.2.7.16: 99.7. Ps: bṛhaspatis tvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm Apś.16.24.7; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe MS.4.9.15: 134.12; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu Mś.6.1.7.19. See prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛṣṭhe.
brahmajñānāṃ hṛdaye saṃbabhūva # GB.1.1.9b, as cited by Sāyaṇa, AVś. Introduction, p. 5. See brahmajyānāṃ.
brahmaṇe prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya, etc.) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
brahma śūdrā rājanyānām # AVP.8.9.10a.
brahmaudano devayānaḥ svargaḥ # AVś.11.1.20b.
bhadraṃ kalyāṇam # Mś.9.5.5.26. Cf. bhadraṃ su-.
bhartā manuṣyāṇāṃ jajñe # AVP.8.11.4c.
bhartrī devānām uta martyānām # Kauś.106.7a.
bhavanti kṛtapuṇyānām # RVKh.5.87.20c.
bhaved dharmaparāyaṇaḥ # RVKh.10.85.2d.
bhasad āsīd ādityānām # AVś.9.4.13a.
bhānur āśleṣā ayanaṃ maghā me # AVś.19.7.2d.
bhāradvājaṃ svasti punarāyaṇam # AVP.2.31.6g.
bhṛgūṇām aṅgirasāṃ tapasā tapyadhvam # VS.1.18; TS.1.1.7.2; KS.1.7; 31.6; śB.1.2.1.13; TB.3.2.7.6; Apś.1.12.3; 23.6. P: bhṛgūṇām Kś.2.4.38. See vasūnāṃ rudrāṇām ādityānāṃ bhṛgūṇām.
bhṛmir asy ṛṣikṛn martyānām # RV.1.31.16d; AVP.1.51.4d; Lś.3.2.7d; N.6.20.
bhrātṛvyakṣayaṇam asi bhrātṛvyacātanaṃ me dāḥ svāhā # AVś.2.18.1. P: bhrātṛvyakṣayaṇam Kauś.48.1. See prec.
madhumat punar āyanam # RV.10.24.6b. See madhuman me ni-.
madhuman me parāyaṇam # RV.10.24.6a; AVś.1.34.3b; AVP.6.6.1b.
madhor dhārā vyānaśuḥ # TS.5.7.7.3b; KS.40.13b.
madhvādya devo devebhyo devayānān patho anaktu # MS.4.13.2: 200.3; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1.
manmā dīdhyānā utā naḥ sakhāyā # MS.4.9.12b: 133.7. See under anvādīdhyāthām.
manye tvā yajñiyaṃ yajñiyānām # RV.8.96.4a.
maho no ratnā vi dadha iyānaḥ # RV.7.17.7b.
jāmiṃ moṣīr amuyā śayānām # AVś.7.99.1b. See jāmiṃ mā.
mātā rudrāṇāṃ duhitā vasūnām # RV.8.101.15a; TA.6.12.1a; AG.1.24.32; SMB.2.8.15a; PG.1.3.27a; ApMB.2.10.9a (ApG.5.13.17); HG.1.13.12a; MG.1.9.23a; JG.1.19a; VārG.11.23a. Ps: mātā rudrāṇām śś.4.21.24; 9.28.6 (comm.); GG.4.10.20; mātā Rvidh.2.35.6. Cf. BṛhD.6.127. See mātādityānāṃ.
mātṝn sindhūn parvatāñ charyaṇāvataḥ # RV.10.35.2b.
devayānaiḥ punar ā gāḥ # AVś.12.2.10c.
devānāṃ tantuś chedi mā manuṣyāṇām # MS.1.9.1: 131.13; KS.9.9; śś.10.18.6. See mā daivyas.
ni paptaṃ bhuvane śiśriyāṇaḥ # AVś.12.1.31d; MS.4.14.11d: 233.17.
māyām ū tu yajñiyānām etām # RV.10.88.6c; N.7.27c.
mitajñubhir namasyair iyānā # RV.7.95.4c. See dyutadyubhir.
mitra satyānāṃ pate (śś. satyānām adhipate) # TB.3.11.4.1; śś.4.10.1. See mitraḥ satyānām.
mitraḥ satyānām (VS.śB. satyaḥ) # VS.9.39; TS.1.8.10.2; 3.4.5.1; MS.2.6.6: 67.12; KS.15.5; śB.5.3.3.11; PG.1.5.10. See mitra satyānāṃ.
medhāṃ me viṣṇur nyanaktv āsan # AVś.18.3.11b.
memaṃ sanābhir (AVP. samāna) uta vānyanābhiḥ # AVś.1.30.1c; AVP.1.14.1c.
ya āgachāt pathibhir devayānaiḥ # Mś.2.5.5.21c. See yad āgachāt.
ya ādityānāṃ bhavati praṇītau # RV.2.27.13d; TS.2.1.11.4d; MS.4.14.14d: 239.6.
ya udānaṭ parāyaṇam # RV.10.19.5b; AVś.6.77.2a.
ya udānaḍ vyayanam (AVś. -naṇ nyāyanam) # RV.10.19.5a; AVś.6.77.2b.
yaḥ panthā vitato devayānaḥ # KS.39.2a; Apś.16.29.1a.
yac chayānaḥ paryāvarte # AVś.12.1.34a. P: yac chayānaḥ Kauś.24.30.
yaju ṣkannaṃ prathamaṃ devayānam # RV.10.181.3b.
yajūṃṣi vivayanam # JB.2.406.
yajñaṃ kalāśastutigopalāyanam (!) # GB.1.5.24d.
yajñaḥ sasyānām uta sukṣitānām # TB.2.5.5.1b.
yajñair marto niśitiṃ vedyānaṭ # RV.6.13.4b.
yajño devebhiḥ saha devayānaḥ # TS.3.1.4.3b; KS.30.8b; Mś.1.8.3.31b.
yat te niyānaṃ rajasam # AVś.8.2.10a.
yatra no anya itaro devayānāt # SMB.1.1.15d. See yas ta eṣa, yas te anya, and yas te sva.
yatra pūrvam ayanaṃ hutānām # AVś.18.4.15d.
yat stṛṇair adhyayanaṃ tad adhītam # RVKh.5.49.1c; 6.48.1a.
yathāsac chatahāyanaḥ # AVś.8.7.22d.
yad arvācīnaṃ traihāyaṇāt (AVP. -nam ekahāyanāt) # AVś.10.5.22a; AVP.9.22.4a. P: yad arvācīnam Kauś.46.50.
yad āgachāt pathibhir devayānaiḥ # VS.18.60c; TS.5.7.7.1c; KS.40.13c; śB.9.5.1.47c; TB.3.7.13.4c. See ya āgachāt.
yad ābadhnan dākṣāyaṇā hiraṇyam # RVKh.10.128.9a; AVś.1.35.1a; AVP.1.83.1a; VS.34.52a. P: yad ābadhnan Kauś.11.19; 52.20.
yadi gādhānāṃ yadi nāvyānām # AVP.2.19.1a.
yadi vā gha kṣetriyāt # AVP.2.4.2a. See yadi stha kṣetriyāṇām.
yadi stha kṣetriyāṇām # AVś.2.14.5a. See yadi vā gha kṣetriyāt.
yad īm ṛtasya payasā piyānaḥ # RV.1.79.3a.
yad usriyāṇām apa vār iva vran # RV.4.5.8c.
yad dhaviṣyam ṛtuśo devayānam # RV.1.162.4a; VS.25.27a; TS.4.6.8.2a; MS.3.16.1a: 182.2; KSA.6.4a.
yad vidac charyaṇāvati # AVś.20.41.2c. Error for tad vidac etc., q.v.
yan niyānaṃ nyayanam # RV.10.19.4a.
yam indrānvavindan pathibhir devayānaiḥ # AVP.10.7.9b. See anv avindat pathibhir.
yas ta eṣa itaro devayānāt # AVś.12.2.21b. See under yatra no anya.
yas te anya itaro devayānāt # VS.35.7b; śB.13.8.3.4b. See under yatra no anya.
yas te sva itaro devayānāt # RV.10.18.1b; TB.3.7.14.5b; TA.3.15.2b; 6.7.3b; Tā.10.46b; Apś.21.4.1b; HG.1.28.1b; MG.2.18.2b; N.11.7b. See under yatra no anya.
yas patir vāryāṇām # RV.10.24.3a.
yasya prayāṇam anv anya id yayuḥ # RV.5.81.3a; VS.11.6a; TS.4.1.1.2a; MS.2.7.1a: 74.4; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.18.
ādityānām iṣavo yā vasūnām # AVP.2.36.2a.
idaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanaṃ vyānaśuḥ # Apś.4.4.4b.
devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś cakṣurdāḥ śrotradāḥ pṛthivyām antarikṣe divaḥ pṛṣṭha upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim # MS.2.13.16: 164.10. P: yā devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ Mś.6.2.3.4. Fragment: upaśīvarī Mś.6.2.3.4. See prec.
devy asīṣṭake prāṇadā vyānadā apānadāś (Apś. prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś) cakṣurdāḥ (Apś. -dā) śrotradā vāgdā ātmadāḥ pṛthividā antarikṣadā dyaurdāḥ (Apś. -dā) svardāḥ kumārīdāḥ prapharvīdāḥ (Apś. -vidāḥ) prathamaupaśadā yuvatidā upaśīvarī sā mām upaśeṣva jāyeva patim it sadā # KS.39.9; Apś.17.5.16.
yāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ bhūtau saṃpaśyasi teṣv abhibhūyāsam # Lś.3.11.4.
yāvan naraś cakṣasā dīdhyānāḥ # RV.7.91.4b; KB.25.2; 26.11.
yuvasva poṣyāṇām # RV.4.48.5b; TS.2.2.12.7b; MS.4.14.2b: 216.4.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"yana" has 119 results
agniveśyāyanawriter of Vedic grammar, mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare नाग्निवेश्यायनस्य ( मते उदात्तपरः स्वरितपरो वा अनुदात्तः स्वरितं नापद्यते इति न) Tait. Pr. XIV.32.
atiśāyanaexcellence, surpassing; the same as अतिशय in Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 2 confer, compare अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ P. V. 3.55, also confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेऽतिशायने । संसर्गेऽ स्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.2.94, where अतिशायन means अतिशाय. Patañjali, commenting on P. V.3.55 clearly remarks that for अतिशय, or for अतिशयन, the old grammarians, out of fancy only, used the term अतिशायन as it was a current term in popular usage; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते यावद् ब्रूयात् प्रकर्षे अतिशय इति तावदतिशायन इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on , P. V.3.55.
abhayanandina reputed jain Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote an extensive gloss on the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण. The gloss is known as जैनेन्द्रव्याकरणमहावृत्ति of which वृहज्जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण appears to be another name.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
kāṇḍamāyananame of an ancient writer of a Prātiśākhya work who held that Visarga before the consonant स् is dropped only when स् is followed by a surd consonant; confer, compare Tai.Pr. IX. 1.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
puṇyanandanaa famous grammarian, who wrote a grammar work, named रूपमाला.
vājapyāyanaan ancient grammarian who holds the view that words denote always the jati i.e they always convey the generic sense and that the individual object or the case is understood in connection with the statement or the word,as a natural course,when the purpose is not served by taking the generic sense; confer, compare अाकृत्यभिधानाद्वा एकं शब्दं विभक्तौ वाजप्यायन अाचार्यो न्याय्यं मन्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.64 Vart. 35.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
śākaṭāyana(1)name of an ancient reputed scholar of Grammar and Pratisakhyas who is quoted by Panini. He is despisingly referred to by Patanjali as a traitor grammarian sympathizing with the Nairuktas or etymologists in holding the view that all substantives are derivable and can be derived from roots; cf तत्र नामान्याख्यातजानीति शाकटायनो नैरुक्तसमयश्च Nir.I.12: cf also नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् M. Bh on P.III.3.1. Sakatayana is believed to have been the author of the Unadisutrapatha as also of the RkTantra Pratisakhya of the Samaveda ; (2) name of a Jain grammarian named पाल्यकीर्ति शाकटायन who lived in the ninth century during the reign of the Rastrakuta king Amoghavarsa and wrote the Sabdanusana which is much similar to the Sutrapatha of Panini and introduced a new System of Grammar. His work named the Sabdanusasana consists of four chapters which are arranged in the form of topics, which are named सिद्धि. The grammar work is called शब्दानुशासन.
śākaṭāyanataraṅgiṇīa commentary on Sakatayana's Sabdanusana.
śākaṭāyanavyākaraṇathe treatise on grammar written by sakatayana। See शाकटायन.
śākaṭāyanaśabdānuśāsananame of the treatise on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्ति-शाकटायन.
śaityāyanaan ancient Grammarian and Vedic scholar who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya for recommending a sharp and distinct nasalisation of the anusvara and the fifth class-consonants; confer, compare तत्रितरमानुनासिक्यमनुस्वारोत्तमेषु इति शैत्यायन: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
ṭāyanaस्फोan ancient grammarian referred to by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य P.VI.1.123, Great grammarians like Haradatta observe that this स्फोटायन was the first advocate of the Sphota theory and hence he was nicknamed स्फोटायन; confer, compare स्फोटः अयनं परायणं यस्य स स्फोटायन: स्फोटप्रतिपादनपरो वैयाकरणाचार्यः | Padamajari on P. VI.1.123.
ajitasenaauthor of the Cintāmaṇiprakāśika a gloss on Cintāmaṇi, the well known commentary by Yakṣavarman on the Sabdānuśāsana of Śākatāyana. Ajitasena was the grand pupil of Abhayadeva; he lived in the 12th century A.D.
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
abhayacandraa Jain grammarian , who wrote प्रक्रियासंग्रह, based on the Śabdānuśāsana Vyākaraṇa of the Jain Śākatāyana.His possible date is the twelfth century A. D.
amoghavarṣaA Jain grammarian of the ninth century who wrote the gloss known as अमोघावृत्ति on the Śabdānuśāsana of Śākaṭāyana; the वृत्ति is quoted by माधव in his धातुवृत्ति.
amoghāalso अमोघावृत्ति, a gloss on the grammar of Sākaṭāyana. See अमोघवर्ष a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
avyayasaṃgrahaname of a treatise ondeclinable words attributed to Sākaṭāyana.
asmadfirst person; the term is used in the sense of the first person in the grammars of Hemacandra and Śākaṭāyana. confer, compare त्रीणि त्रीण्यन्ययुष्मदस्मदि (Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III.3.17);
aāpyato be obtained by an activity: (the same as vyāpya). The term is used in connection with the object of a verb which is to be obtained by the verbal activity. The word अाप्य is found used in the sense of Karman or object in the grammars of Jainendra, Śākaṭāyana, Cāndra and Hemacandra; confer, compare Cāndra II I. 43; Jainendra I. 2.119; Śāk.IV.3.120: Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III.3.31. Hence, the term साप्य is used for a transitive root in these grammars.
indraname of a great grammarian who is believed to have written an exhaustive treatise on grammar before Pāṇini; confer, compare the famous verse of Bopadeva at the commencement of his Dhātupāṭha इन्द्रश्चन्द्र: काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिका: ॥ No work of Indra is available at present. He is nowhere quoted by Pāṇini. Many quotations believed to have been taken from his work are found scattered in grammar works, from which it appears that there was an ancient system prevalent in the eastern part of India at the time of Pāṇini which could be named ऐन्द्रव्याकरणपद्धति, to which Pāṇini possibly refers by the word प्राचाम्. From references,it appears that the grammar was of the type of प्रक्रिया, discussing various topics of grammar such as alphabet, coalescence, declension, context, compounds, derivatives from nouns and roots, conjugation, and changes in the base. The treatment was later on followed by Śākaṭāyana and writers of the Kātantra school.For details see Mahābhāṣya edition by D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII pages 124-127.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uṇādisūtra,uṇādisūtrapāṭhathe text of the Sūtras which begins with the Sūtras prescribing the affix उण् after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, स्वद्, साध् and अश्; cf Uṅādi Sūtras 1.1. for the different versions of the text See उणादि. Similar Sūtras in Kātantra, Āpiśali, Sakaṭāyana and other systems of grammar are also called Uṇādi Sūtras.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upāntyasee उपान्त; the word is generally found used in the grammars of Śākaṭāyana and Hemacandra.
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
eka(1)Singular number, ekavacana: confer, compare नो नौ मे मदर्थं त्रिह्येकेषु. V. Pr.II.3: the term is found used in this sense of singular number in the Jainendra, Śākaṭāyana and Haima grammars ( 2 ) single ( vowel ) substitute (एकादेश) for two (vowels); cf एकः पूर्वपरयोः P.VI. 1.84; अथैकमुभे T.Pr. X.1; ( 3 ) many, a certain number : (used in plural in this sense), confer, compare इह चेत्येके मन्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 4.21 .
ekamunipakṣaa view or doctrine propounded by one of the many ancient sages or munis who are believed to be the founders of a Sastra; a view propounded only by Pāṇini, to the exclusion of Kātyāyana and Patañjali; confer, compare एकमुनिपक्षे तु अचो ञ्णितीत्यत्राच इति योगं विभज्य...व्यवस्थितविभाषात्रोक्ता Durghaṭa-Vṛtti I.1.5; see also I.4.24, II.3.18.
aicshort term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for 'the two diphthong vowels ऐ and औ; confer, compare न य्वाभ्यां पदान्ताभ्यां पूर्वौ तु ताभ्यामैच् P.VII.3.4; confer, compare ऐचोश्चोत्तरभूयस्त्वात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.48, The short substitutes of ऐ and औ are इ and उ when prescribed confer, compare P. I.1.48; so also the protracted forms of ऐ and औ are protracted इ and उ; confer, compare P. III.2.106. They are called द्विस्वर vowels in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. Śākaṭāyana says they are द्विमात्र.
opperṭ[Gustav Oppert 1836-1908 ]a German scholar of Sanskrit who edited the Śabdānuśāsana of Śākaṭāyana.
karmadhārayaname technically given to a compound-formation of two words in apposition i. e. used in the same case, technically called समानाधिकरण showing the same substratutm; confer, compare तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः I 2.42. The karmadhāraya compound is looked upon as a variety of the tatpuruṣa compound. There is no satisfactory explanation of the reason why such a compound is termed कर्मधारय. Śākaṭāyana defines Karmadhāraya as विशेषणं व्यभिचारि एकार्थं कर्मधारयश्च where the word विशेषण is explained as व्यावर्तक or भेदक (distinguishing attribute) showing that the word कर्म may mean भेदकक्रिया. The word कर्मधारय in that case could mean 'कर्म भेदकक्रिया, तां धारयति असौ कर्मधारयः' a compound which gives a specification of the thing in hand.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kalāpinthe author of the work referred to as Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. in the Mahābhāṣya which perhaps was a work on grammar as the word कालाप is mentioned with the word in the Mahābhāṣya, confer, compare M.Bh. on कलापिनोSणू P. IV.3. 108. Kalāpin is mentioned as a pupil of Vaiśampāyana in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare वैशम्पायनान्तेवासी कलापी M.Bh. on P. IV.3.104.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantrasūtravṛttian old Vṛtti on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Vararuci who is, of course, different from Vararuci Kātyāyana. The Vṛtti appears to have been occupying a position similar to that of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātya(1)another name sometimes given to Katyāyana to whom is ascribed the composition of the Vārttikas on Pāṇini-sūtras; (2) an ancient writer Kātya quoted as a lexicographer by Kṣīrasvāmin, Hemacandra and other writers.
kāraan affix, given in the Prātiśākhya works and,by Kātyāyana also in his Vārttika, which is added to a letter or a phonetic element for convenience of mention; exempli gratia, for example इकारः, उकारः ; confer, compare वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या; वर्णकारौ निर्देशकौ Tai. Pra.I. 16: XXII.4.;confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.37. It is also applied to syllables or words in a similar way to indicate the phonetic element of the word as apart from the sense of the word: e. g.' यत एवकारस्ततीन्यत्रावधारणम् Vyak. Paribhāṣā , confer, compare also the words वकार:, हिंकारः: (2) additional purpose served by a word such as an adhikāra word; confer, compare अधिकः कारः , पूर्वविप्रतिषेघा न पठितव्या भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.11.
kīlhārnKielhorn F., a sound scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who brought out excellent editions of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya and the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and wrote an essay on the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana. For details see Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya Vol VII.p.40, D. E society edition, Poona.
goṣṭhaca taddhita affix.affix applied to words like गो and others in the sense of 'a place'; confer, compare गेष्ठजादयः स्थानादिषु पशुनाम। पशुनामादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् | गवां स्थानं गोगोष्ठम्, अश्वगोष्ठम्: महिषीगोष्ठम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.1. varia lectio, another reading,2.29 It is very likely that words like गोष्ठ, दघ्न and others were treated as pratyayas by Panini and katyayana who followed Panini, because they were found always associated with a noun preceding them and never independently.
cidasthimālāname of a commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by Vaidyanatha Payagunde,one of the distinguished disciples of Nagesabhatta.
cintāmaṇiname of a commentary on the Sutras of the Sakatayana Vyakarana written by यक्षवर्मन्, It is also called लधुवृत्ति.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jainendravyākaraṇamahāvṛttiname of a commentary on the Jainendra Vyakarana, written by Abhayanandin in the ninth century A. D. see जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
tīvrataraextreme sharpness of the nasalization at the time of pronouncing the anusvara and the fifth letters recommended by Saityayana.e. g. अग्नीररप्सुषदः, वञ्चते परिवञ्चते. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
trilokanāthason of Vaidyanatha who wrote a small treatise on karakas called षट्कारकनिरूपण.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
dvisdouble reduplicated; the word is frequently used in connection with doubling of consonants or words in the PratiSakhya Literature as also in the Katantra, Sakatayana and Haima grammars confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1, XV. 5, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 101, R, T. 264; confer, compare also Kat. III. 8.10, Sak. IV. 1.43; Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV. 1.1.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātupāṭha(1)name given in general to the several collections of roots given generally with their meanings by grammarians belonging to the various different schools of grammar. These collections are given as necessary appendices named खिल to their grammars by the well known grammarians of Sanskrit such as Panini, Sakatayana, and others; (2) a small treatise on roots written by Bhimasena of the 14th century.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
dhātuvṛttia general term applied to a treatise discussing roots, but specifically used in connection with the scholarly commentary written by Madhavacārya, the reputed scholar and politician at the court of the Vijayanagara kings in the fourteenth century, on the Dhatupatha ot Panini. The work is generally referred to as माधवीया-धातुवृति to distinguish it from ordinary commentary works called also धातुवृत्ति written by grammarians like Wijayananda and others.
nārāyaṇavandyaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a treatise on grammar named Saravali, and a treatise on roots named Dhatuparayana.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣārthasaṃgrahṛa treatise on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's grammar written by Vaidyanatha Sastrin.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣāsūcanaan old work on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's Grammar, believed to have been written by Vyaadi, who lived after Kaatyayana and before Patanjali. The work is written in the old style of the MahabhaSya and consists of a short commentary on 93 Paribhasas.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bhrājastray or spurious verses or stanzas whose authorship cannot be traced, but which are commonly quoted by scholars; confer, compare भ्राजा नाम श्लेाका: M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1; the word भ्राज is explained as 'composed by Kātyāyana' by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa in his Uddyota.
mantraname given to the Samhitā portion of the Veda works especially of the Ṛgveda and the Yajurveda as different from the Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and other portions of the two Vedas as also from the other Vedas; confer, compare मन्त्रशब्द ऋक्शब्दे च यजु:शब्दे च; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. The word मन्त्र occurs several times in the rules of Pāṇini ( confer, compare P. II. 4. 80, III.2.71, III.3.96, VI. 1. 151, VI.1.210, VI.3.131, VI.4.53, VI. 4.141) and a few times in the Vārttikas. (confer, compare I. 1. 68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4, IV.3.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 and VI. 4. 141 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1). It is, however, doubtful whether the word was used in the limited sense by Pāṇini and Kātyāyana. Later on, the word came to mean any sacred text or even any mystic formula, which was looked upon as sacredition Still later on, the word came to mean a secret counsel. For details see Goldstūcker's Pāṇini p. 69, Thieme's 'Pāṇini and the Veda ' p. 38.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mitavṛtyarthasaṃgrahaname ofa grammatical work on the SUtras of Paanini by Udayana.
yakṣavarmanaauthor of the commentary called चिन्तामणि on the SabdaanuSaasana of Sakataayana.
yaḍlugantaa secondary root formed by adding the affix यङ् to roots specified in P. III. 1.22,23,24, which affix is sometimes dropped: confer, compare यङोचि च ; P. II. 4. 74. The yanluganta roots take the parasmaipada personal endings and not the atmanepada ones which are applied to yananta roots.
yaśovarmadevathe same as यक्षवर्मन् the author of ' चिन्तृामणि ' a commentary on the Sabdnussana of Sakatyana.
rapratyāhārakhaṇḍanaa small article showing that the short term र for the consonants र् and ल् need not be advocated as done by the learned old grammarians.The treatise was Written by Vaidyanatha Paya-gunde, the prominent pupil of Nagesabhatta.
rapratyāhāmaṇḍanaan anonymous work, comparatively modern, refuting the arguments advanced in the रप्रत्याहारखण्डन by Vaidyanatha Pyagunde.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
rāmasiṃhṛvarmāpossibly the same king of Sringaberapura who patronised Nagesabhatta. He is said to have written some Small comments on " the Ramayana and a small grammar work named धातुरत्नमञ्जरी.
rūpamālā(1)an elementary work on Sanskrit grammar composed by Vimalasarasvatī, in which the Sūtras of Pāņini are arranged in different topics many of which are called माला, such as अजन्तमाला, हलन्तमाला, छान्दसमाला, अव्ययमाला and so on.(2) the name रूपमाला is also found given to a work giving collections of formed words written by Puņyanandana.
laghuprayatnatararequiring still less effort for utterance than that required for the usual utterance; the term is used in connection with the utterance of the consonant य् which is substituted for Visarga following upon long अा and followed by any vowel. In such cases य् is not pronounced at all according to Śākalya, while it is somewhat audibly pronounced according to Śākațāyana; confer, compare व्योर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṣaname of an ancient scholar of grammar and Mimamsa, cited by some as the preceptor of कात्यायन and Panini. If not of Panini, he may have been a preceptor of Katyayana
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārarucakārikāan ancient grammarwork in verse believed to have been written by an ancient scholar of grammar, who, if not the same as Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas, was his contemporary and to whom the authorship of the Unadi Sutras is ascribed by some scholars. See वररुचि.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vijayāname of a commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by Sivanarayana.
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vyākaraṇāntara